Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout21 - Agreement to Purchase Two Fire EnginesCITY OF NEWPORT BEACH City Council Staff Report January 27, 2015 Agenda Item No. 21 TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL FROM: Mike Pisani, Acting Municipal Operations Department Director — (949) 644 -3055, mpisani @newportbeachca.gov PREPARED BY: Maurice Turner PHONE: (949) 644 -3057 TITLE: Agreement to Purchase Two Fire Engines ABSTRACT: Emergency vehicles are a vital part of the service delivery for the Newport Beach Fire Department. The Fire Department responds to over 10,000 service calls annually. A fire engine pumper is staffed with life safety personnel and equipment to provide emergency medical services and fire protection to the individuals and property of the community. Staff is seeking approval of an agreement to purchase two fire engines to replace aging units and provide a higher level of service while reducing costs and staff time for maintenance. RECOMMENDATION: Approve an agreement with Pierce Manufacturing, Incorporated, of Appleton, Wisconsin for the purchase of two 2015 Pierce Fire Engines for a total cost of $1,246,218.05. FUNDING REQUIREMENTS: There are adequate funds in Municipal Operations Department equipment replacement budget for this purchase. DISCUSSION: The Fiscal Year 2014 -15 budget includes funding for the purchase of two fire engines to replace apparatus which have surpassed their recommended frontline service life. In accordance with the City Vehicle /Equipment Guidelines (Council Policy F -9), fire engines should normally be replaced after 10 years. The Fire Department operates a fleet of 11 fire engines. Eight of the units are in service 24 hours per day, seven days per week, and are staffed at each of the eight City fire stations. Furthermore, one or two additional fire engines may be deployed when there are significant events within the City or crews are required to respond to mutual aid requests for wildfires. The units and ages of the 11 engines currently in 21 -1 service are as follows: UNIT# YEAR MILEAGE HOURS MANUFACTURER STATUS Reserve Unit - To Be 2407 2001 76,041 5,781 American La France Moved To Out of Service Upon Delivery of New Units Reserve Unit - To Be 2410 2003 89,815 6,735 American La France Moved To Out of Service Upon Delivery of New Units Frontline Apparatus - To 2411 2003 85,957 4,568 American La France Be Moved To Reserve Upon Delivery of New Units Frontline Apparatus - To 2415 2005 59,572 4,072 American La France Be Moved To Reserve Upon Delivery of New Units 2417 2005 80,965 5,406 American La France Reserve Unit 2402 2011 34,775 2,927 Pierce Frontline Apparatus 2403 2011 37,330 2,766 Pierce Frontline Apparatus 2471 2014 7,750 453 Pierce Frontline Apparatus 2472 2014 9,811 544 Pierce Frontline Apparatus 2473 2014 7,606 404 Pierce Frontline Apparatus 2474 2014 6,497 328 Pierce Frontline Apparatus Early in calendar year 2013, the Finance Department released a Request for Proposal (RFP 13 -15) soliciting proposals for fire apparatus. An evaluation panel consisting of members of the Fire Apparatus Committee and facilitated by the Finance Department met to evaluate the returned proposals, and following this evaluation, the panel recommended the Pierce fire engine. At that time, the base cost of each unit was $580,789.44 including tax. The City Council approved the purchase of three engines at its May 14, 2013 meeting and one engine at its July 23, 2013 meeting. The purchases were split between the FY 2012 -13 and FY 2013 -14 budgets, and are shown in the table above (units 2471 through 2474). The specifications for the proposed fire engines are based on the same specifications used in the 2013 Request for Proposals in which Pierce Manufacturing was unanimously scored as the most qualified manufacturer through a competitive process. Therefore, the Fire Chief and Finance Director authorized the use of the 2013 proposal for this purchase and staff requested an updated price quote from the manufacturer. The current cost for each engine is $623,109.03, including tax. This represents an annual price increase of 3 %, mainly based on increases in raw materials like aluminum, and inclusion of the David Clark Communications System at the time of build. On the previous engines, the David Clark Communications System was installed after delivery of the apparatus from Pierce. Not only does the factory installation of the communications system result in a more rapid delivery but it also results in a cost savings for the system itself. As in the 2013 purchases, the total price also includes an approximate 4% pre -pay discount and final delivery is expected to take up to 290 days from issuance of the Purchase Order. P1 -2 As illustrated in the table above, the recommended purchase of two Pierce engines will further standardize the City of Newport Beach fire equipment. Equipment standardization offers considerable advantages for both Fire Department and Equipment Maintenance Division staffs. Consequently, staff is seeking approval of an agreement to purchase two replacement fire engines at a total cost of $1,246,218.05. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW: This action requires no environmental review, as it is not a project pursuant to CEQA. NOTICING: The agenda item has been noticed according to the Brown Act (72 hours in advance of the meeting at which the City Council considers the item). ATTACHMENTS: Description Attachment A - Fire Engine Purchase Agreement Attachment B - Equipment Images 21 -3 ATTACHMENT A PURCHASE AGREEMENT FOR TWO (2) 2015 ARROW XT PUMPERS FROM PIERCE MANUFACTURING, INC. This Purchase Agreement ( "Agreement') is entered into as of this 12th day of November, 2014 ( "Effective Date "), by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation and charter city ( "City'), and PIERCE MANUFACTURING, INC., a Wisconsin corporation ( "Vendor), whose principal place of business is 2600 American Drive, Appleton, Wisconsin 54914. RECITALS A. City is a municipal corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City. B. City requires Two (2) 2015 Arrow XT Pumpers ( "Equipment') as further described in RFP No. 13 -15, which is incorporated herein by this reference, and as set forth in Exhibit A, which is attached and incorporated herein by this reference. C. Vendor has carefully reviewed and evaluated the specifications set forth by the City for the Equipment and has committed to deliver the Equipment required for the price specified in this Agreement within Two Hundred Ninety (290) calendar days commencing upon execution of this Agreement. D. City has solicited and received a proposal from Vendors agent, has evaluated the expertise of Vendor, and desires to submit an order for the Equipment under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties and covenants, and other terms and conditions as set forth herein, Vendor and City (each a 'Party" and together the "Parties') agree as follows: 1. TERM The Term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate on October 31, 2015 unless terminated earlier as set forth herein. 2. COMPENSATION 2.1 City shall choose the discounted purchase price as more fully described in the Pricing Proposal attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference. The purchase price for Equipment, including all sales taxes, shall not exceed One Million Two Hundred Forty Six Thousand Two Hundred Eighteen Dollars and 05/100 ($1,246,218.05) ( "Discounted Purchase Price'). Subject to the provisions of Section 7 relating to City's self - accrual of sales taxes, the City shall pay Vendor Discounted Purchase Price in full upon execution of this Agreement. rya: 2.2 Vendor agrees to accept the Discounted Purchase Price as full remuneration for delivery to City of the Equipment. The Discounted Purchase Price shall be referred to as "Total Compensation." 3. ADMINISTRATION This Agreement will be administered by the City's Municipal Operations Department. The Deputy Municipal Operations Director, or designee, shall be the Purchase Administrator and shall have the authority to act for City under this Agreement. The Purchase Administrator or designee shall represent City in all matters pertaining to the services to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement. 4. DELIVERY 4.1 Delivery to City of the Equipment shall be made within two hundred ninety (290) calendar days from the execution of the Agreement. 4.2 Delivery shall be made to the City's Yard at 592 Superior Avenue, Newport Beach, CA 92663, or such other location as may be designated by City in writing. Time of delivery is of the essence in this Agreement. City reserves the right to refuse the Equipment, or part thereof, and to cancel all or any part of the Equipment not conforming to applicable specifications, samples or descriptions. City shall receive a pro -rata refund for the Equipment, or part thereof, cancelled under this Agreement, within thirty (30) calendar days of City's cancellation. Acceptance of any part of the order for Equipment shall not bind City to accept future shipments nor deprive City of the right to return Equipment already accepted at Vendor's expense. Over shipments and under shipments of Equipment shall be only as agreed to in writing by City. Delivery shall not be deemed to be complete until all Equipment have actually been received and accepted in writing by the City. 4.3 Vendor shall submit all requests for extensions of time for delivery in writing to the City Purchase Administrator not later than ten (10) calendar days after the start of the condition that purportedly causes a delay. The Purchase Administrator shall review all such requests and may, at his /her sole discretion, grant reasonable time extensions for unforeseeable delays that are beyond Vendor's control. 4.4 The Parties agree that it is extremely difficult and impractical to determine and fix the actual damages that City will sustain should the Vendor fail to complete the delivery as called for in this Agreement. Should Vendor fail to complete the delivery as called for in this Agreement, Vendor agrees to the deduction of liquidated damages in the sum of One Hundred Fifty Dollars and 00/100 ($150.00) per day, for every day beyond the date scheduled for delivery provided in Section 4.1. Execution of this Agreement shall constitute agreement by the City and Vendor that the sum of One Hundred Fifty Dollars and 00/100 ($150.00) per day, is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the failure of Vendor to deliver the Equipment within the allotted time. All liquidated damages shall be paid within ten (10) calendar days of City's written request for payment. Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 21 -5 construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Vendor, or recovered from Vendor, as applicable, if such delay occurs. 5. ACCEPTANCE /PAYMENT Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by City, acceptance of the Equipment shall not be deemed complete unless in writing and until all of the Equipment, including each part thereof, has actually been received, inspected and tested to the satisfaction of City. 6. NOTICES 6.1 All notices, demands, requests or approvals to be given under the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing, and conclusively shall be deemed served when delivered personally, or on the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, first -class mail, addressed as hereinafter provided. 6.2 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from Vendor to City shall be addressed to City at: Attn: Deputy Municipal Operations Director Municipal Operations Department City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive PO Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658 6.3 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Vendor shall be addressed to Vendor at: Attention: Cherry Sewell Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 2600 American Drive Appleton, Wisconsin 54914 With a copy to: Attention: Kevin Newell, Sales Representative South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc. 2020 South Baker Avenue Ontario, CA 91761 7. TAXES The Total Compensation amount includes any and all applicable taxes and fees, including federal, state and /or local sales or use taxes. Under the City's Direct Payment Exemption permit number SF EAA 24- 089475 DP, City shall self- accrue its Use Tax obligation to the California State Board of Equalization in the applicable amount within thirty (30) days of Equipment delivery to the City. If only partial delivery of Equipment is received, the City will only pay the State Board of Equalization the amount of Use Tax due on the value of the Equipment delivered. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 21 -6 8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT This Agreement contains the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect to all matters herein, and there are no restrictions, promises, warranties, or undertakings other than those set forth herein or referred to herein. No exceptions, alternatives, substitutes or revisions are valid or binding on City unless authorized by City in writing. Electronic acceptance of any additional terms, conditions or supplemental agreements by any City employee or agent, shall not be valid or binding on City unless accepted in writing by the Purchase Administrator. The terms of this Agreement shall supersede any inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto. ::•►II 9.1 Vendor expressly warrants that the Equipment covered by this Agreement is: 1) free of liens or encumbrances; 2) of merchantable quality and good for the ordinary purposes for which it is used; and 3) fit for the particular purpose for which it is intended. Acceptance of this Agreement shall constitute an agreement upon Vendor's part to indemnify, defend and hold City and its indemnities as identified in Section 15 below, and as more fully described in Section 15, harmless from liability, loss, damage and expense, including reasonable counsel fees, incurred or sustained by City by reason of the failure of the Equipment to conform to such warranties, faulty work performance, negligent or unlawful acts, and non - compliance with any applicable state or federal codes, ordinances, orders, or statutes, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and the California Industrial Safety Act. Such remedies shall be in addition to any other remedies provided by law. 9.2 Vendor and manufacturer's warranties and certifications are attached hereto as Exhibit C, and incorporated in full by this reference. The Warranty Period shall commence on the date the Equipment is accepted by the City. All warranty repair work shall be conducted by a Vendor - certified dealer /agent in the Southern California region. 9.3 As of the Effective Date of this Agreement the Vendor - certified dealer/ agent for purposes of all repairs and warranty work is: South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., 2020 S. Baker Avenue, Ontario, CA 91761. 9.4 In the event that Vendor designates a different certified dealer /agent for the Southern California region, Vendor shall provide City with written notice of such change within ten (10) days of the change. 10. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBCONTRACTING The terms, covenants, and conditions contained herein shall apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the Parties. Furthermore, neither the performance of this Agreement nor any portion thereof may be assigned or subcontracted by Vendor without the express written consent of City. Any attempt by Vendor to assign or subcontract the performance or any portion thereof of Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. N&A this Agreement without the express written consent of City shall be invalid and shall constitute a breach of this Agreement. 11. TERMINATION 11.1 In the event that either Party fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions of this Agreement at the time and in the manner required, that Party shall be deemed in default in the performance of this Agreement. If such default is not cured within a period of two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default specifying the nature of such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, or if more than two (2) calendar days are reasonably required to cure the default and the defaulting Party fails to give adequate assurance of due performance within two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default, or thereafter fails to diligently take steps to cure the default, the non - defaulting Party may terminate the Agreement forthwith by giving to the defaulting Party written notice thereof. City shall be refunded all money for Equipment not delivered and accepted by City at time of termination within thirty (30) calendar days. Cause for default shall further be defined as any breach of this Agreement, any misrepresentation or fraud on the part of the Vendor and /or filing of any petition in U.S. Bankruptcy Court or entering of Bankruptcy by Vendor. 11.2 Notwithstanding the above provisions, City shall have the right, at its sole discretion without cause, of terminating this Agreement at any time by giving seven (7) calendar days prior written notice to Vendor. In the event of termination under this Section, City shall pay Vendor for services satisfactorily performed and costs incurred up to the effective date of termination for which Vendor has not been previously paid. City shall be refunded all money for Equipment not delivered and accepted by City at time of termination within thirty (30) calendar days. On the effective date of termination, Vendor shall deliver to City all equipment, reports, documents and other information developed or accumulated in the performance of this Agreement, whether in draft or final form. 12. CONSENT TO BREACH NOT WAIVER No term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed waived and no breach excused, unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the Party claimed to have waived or consented to such breach. Any consent by any Party to, or waiver of, a breach by the other, whether express or implied, shall not constitute consent to, waiver of, or excuse for any other different or subsequent breach. 13. REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE The remedies for breach set forth in this Agreement are cumulative as to one (1) another and as to any other provided by law, rather than exclusive; and the expression of certain remedies in this Agreement does not preclude resort by either Party to any other remedies provided by law. ME. 14. PERFORMANCE AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND 14.1 Vendor shall perform all work under this Agreement, taking necessary steps and precautions to perform the work to City's satisfaction. Vendor shall be responsible for the professional quality, technical assurance, timely completion and coordination of all documentation and other Equipment or services furnished by the Vendor under this Agreement. Vendor shall perform all work diligently, carefully, and in a good and workman -like manner; shall furnish all labor, supervision, machinery, equipment, materials, and supplies necessary therefore; shall at its sole expense obtain and maintain all permits and licenses required by public authorities, including those of City required in its governmental capacity, in connection with performance of the work; and, if permitted to subcontract, shall be fully responsible for all work performed by subcontractors. 14.2 Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement a Faithful Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100 %) of the Total Compensation to be paid Vendor as set forth in this Agreement. The form of such Faithful Performance Bond is attached as Exhibit E and incorporated herein by reference. The Faithful Performance Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570, and (3) assigned a Policyholders' Rating A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property - Casualty. 14.3. Vendor shall deliver, concurrently with execution of this Agreement, the Faithful Performance Bond and a certified copy of the "Certificate of Authority" of the Insurer or Surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner, which authorizes the Insurer or Surety to transact surety insurance in the State of California. 15. INDEMNIFICATION 15.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, Vendor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless City, its City Council, boards and commissions, officers, agents, volunteers, and employees (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties ") from and against any and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for bodily injury, death or damage to property), demands, obligations, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, losses, judgments, fines, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorney's fees, disbursements and court costs) of every kind and nature whatsoever (individually, a Claim; collectively, "Claims "), which may arise from or in any manner relate (directly or indirectly) to any breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any work performed or services provided under this Agreement including, without limitation, defects in workmanship or materials (including the negligent and /or willful acts, errors and /or omissions of Vendor, its principals, officers, agents, employees, suppliers, consultants, subcontractors, anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or for whose acts they may be liable or any or all of them). Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 21 -9 15.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be construed to require Vendor to indemnify the Indemnified Parties from any Claim arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties. Nothing in this indemnity shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action on or to enforce the terms of this Agreement. This indemnity shall apply to all claims and liability regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by the Vendor. 16. CHARGES AND LIENS Vendor shall pay promptly all indebtedness for labor, materials and equipment used in performance of the work. Vendor shall not permit any lien or charge to attach to the Equipment, but if any does so attach, Vendor shall promptly procure its release and, in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 above, indemnify, defend, and hold City harmless and be responsible for payment of all costs, damages, penalties and expenses related to or arising from or related thereto. 17. INSURANCE Without limiting Vendor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of work, Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement or for other periods as specified in this Agreement, policies of insurance of the type, amounts, terms and conditions described in the Insurance Requirements attached hereto as Exhibit D, and incorporated herein by reference. 18. CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP Vendor agrees that if there is a change or transfer in ownership of Vendor's business prior to completion of this Agreement, the new owners shall be required under terms of sale or other transfer to assume Vendor's duties and obligations contained in this Agreement and complete them to the satisfaction of City. 19. FORCE MAJEURE Vendor shall not be assessed with liquidated damages or unsatisfactory performance penalties during any delay beyond the time named for the performance of this Agreement caused by any act of God, war, civil disorder, employment strike or other cause beyond its reasonable control, provided that Vendor gives written notice of the cause of the delay to City within forty -eight (48) hours of the start of the delay and Vendor avails itself of any available remedies. 20. CONFIDENTIALITY Vendor agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all City and City - related records and information pursuant to all statutory laws relating to privacy and confidentiality that currently exist or exist at any time during the term of this Agreement. All such records and information shall be considered confidential and kept confidential by Vendor and Vendor's staff, agents, employees and subcontractors. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc 21 -10 21. FREIGHT (F.O.B. DESTINATION) The Total Compensation includes shipment and delivery of Equipment to designated City location. Vendor assumes full responsibility for all transportation, transportation scheduling, packing, handling, insurance, and other services associated with delivery of all products deemed necessary under this Agreement. 22. TERMS AND CONDITIONS Vendor acknowledges that it has read and agrees to all terms and conditions included in this Agreement. 23. SIGNATORIES AUTHORITY Each person executing this Agreement expressly warrants that he or she is authorized to do so on behalf of the entity for which he or she is executing this Agreement. The City and Vendor represent and warrant that this Agreement is executed voluntarily, with full knowledge of its significance. 24. STANDARD PROVISIONS 24.1 Recitals. City and Vendor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference. 24.2 Compliance with all Laws. Vendor shall at its own cost and expense comply with all statutes, ordinances, regulations and requirements of all governmental entities, including federal, state, county or municipal, whether now in force or hereinafter enacted. 24.3 Integrated Contract. This Agreement represents the full and complete understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the Parties hereto, and all preliminary negotiations and Agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. No verbal contract or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions herein. 24.4 Conflicts or Inconsistencies. In the event there are any conflicts or inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. 24.5 Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Vendor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney. 24.6 Controlling Law and Venue. The laws of the State of California shall govern this Agreement and all matters relating to it and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of Orange, State of California. The California Commercial Code shall be the controlling law for the terms of this Agreement. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 21 -11 24.7 Equal Opportunity Employment. Vendor represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, handicap, ancestry, sex, age or any other impermissible basis under law. 24.8 Interpretation. The terms of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the meaning of the language used and shall not be construed for or against either Party by reason of the authorship of the Agreement or any other rule of construction which might otherwise apply. 24.9 Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 24.10 No Attorneys' Fees. In the event of any dispute or legal action arising under this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall not be entitled to attorneys' fees. 24.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. [SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE] Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 21 -12 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the dates written below. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE Date: By:� Y� Aaron C. Harp City Attorney ATTEST: Date: in Leilani I. Brown City Clerk Attachments: Exhibit A: Exhibit B: Exhibit C: Exhibit D: Exhibit E: Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation and charter city By: Rush N. Hill, II Mayor CONTRACTOR: Pierce Manufacturing, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation By: David J. Stoffel Senior Manager, Order Management Date: By: Kerry Dereszynski Assistant Corporate Secretary [END OF SIGNATURES] City of Newport Beach Specifications for Two (2) 2015 Arrow XT Pumpers Pricing Proposal Warranty Insurance Requirements Faithful Performance Bond 21 -13 EXHIBIT A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SPECIFICATIONS FOR TWO (2) 2015 ARROW XT PUMPERS Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 21 -14 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 1. INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS It shall be the intent of these specifications to cover the furnishing and delivery of a complete apparatus equipped as hereinafter specified. These specifications cover only the general requirements as to the type of construction and test to which the apparatus shall conform, together with certain details as to finish, equipment and appliances with which the successful Proposer shall conform. Minor details of construction and materials, which are not otherwise specified, are left to the discretion of the contractor. The manufacturer shall provide loose equipment only when specified by the City, Otherwise, In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, the proposal shall specify whether the fire department or apparatus dealership shall provide required loose equipment. In order to ensure fair, ethical, and legal competition, neither original equipment manufacturer (O.E.M.) or parent company of the O.E.M. shall have ever been fined or convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market. (NO EXCEPTIONS) Proposals shall only be considered from companies that have an established reputation in the field of fire apparatus construction and have been in business for a minimum of 20 years. Further, Proposer shall maintain dedicated service facilities for the repair and service of products. Evidence of such a facility shall be included in Proposer proposal. Each Proposer shall furnish satisfactory evidence of their ability to construct the apparatus specified and shall state the location of the factory where the apparatus is to be built. The Proposer shall also show that the company is in position to render prompt service and to furnish replacement parts for said apparatus. Each Proposal shall be accompanied by a set of Contractor's Specifications consisting of a detailed description of the apparatus and equipment proposed and to which the apparatus furnished under contract shall conform. These specifications shall indicate size, type, model and make of all component parts and equipment. 2. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP El The design of the apparatus shall embody the latest approved automotive engineering practices. The workmanship shall be of the highest quality in Its respective field. Special consideration shall be given to the following points: Accessibility of the various units which require periodic maintenance, ease of operation (including both pumping and driving) and symmetrical proportions. Construction shall be rugged and ample safety factors shall be provided to carry the loads specified and to meet both on and off road requirements and speed conditions as set forth under Performance Tests and Requirements. Welding shall not be employed in the assembly of the apparatus in a manner that shall prevent the ready removal of any component part for service or repair. All steel welding shall follow American Welding Society D1.1 -2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding shall follow American Welding Society and ANSI 131.2 -2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding shall follow American Welding Society 132.1 -2000 requirements for structural 21 -15 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No welding of sheet metal. Flux cor arc welding to use alloy rods, type 7000, American Welding Society standards A5.20- E70T1. Employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet American Welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. The manufacturer shall be required to have an American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. 3. DELIVERY El Apparatus, to insure proper break in of all components while still under warranty, shall be delivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall not be acceptable, A qualified delivery engineer representing the contractor shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct: personnel in the proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. 4. INFORMATION REQUIRED 0 ❑ The manufacturer shall supply at time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the completed apparatus as delivered. A permanent plate shall be mounted in the driver's compartment which specifies the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. S. SAFETY VIDEO P/1 u Documentation provided at the time of delivery shall also include an apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video shall address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus. Safety procedures for the following shall be included: vehicle pre -trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, and maintenance. 6. PERFORMANCE TESTS AND REQUIREM LENTS A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of ten (10) miles or more shall be made under all driving conditions, during which time the apparatus shall show no loss of power or overheating. The transmission drive shaft or shafts, and rear axles shall run quietly and be free from abnormal vibration or noise throughout the operating range of the apparatus. Vehicle shall adhere to the following parameters: A) The apparatus, when fully equipped and loaded, shall have not less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent of the weight on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. B) The apparatus shall be capable of accelerating to 35 mph from a standing start within 25 seconds on a level concrete highway without exceeding the maximum governed rpm of the engine. C) The service brakes shall be capable of stopping a fully loaded vehicle in 35 feet at 20 mph on a level concrete highway. The air brake system shall conform to Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) 121. D) The apparatus, fully loaded, shall be capable of obtaining a speed of 68 mph on a level concrete highway with the engine not exceeding its governed rpm (full load). (NO EXCEPTIONS). 21 -16 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No 7. FAILURE TO MEET TEST ❑ In the event the apparatus fails to meet the test requirements of these specifications on the first trial, second trials may be made at the option of the Proposer within 30 days of the date of the first trial. Such trials shall be final and conclusive and failure to comply with these requirements shall be cause for rejection. Failure to comply with changes to conform to any clause of the specifications, within 30 days after notice is given to the Proposer of such changes, shall also be cause for rejection of the apparatus. Permission to keep or store the apparatus in any building owned or occupied by the City or its use by the City during the above - specified period with the permission of the Proposer shall not constitute acceptance. 8. LIABILITY Fv—,(] ❑ The successful Proposer shall defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. 9. SPECIFICATION PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS ❑ Proposers shall also indicate in the "yes /no" column if their Proposal complies on each item (PARAGRAPH) specified. Exceptions shall be allowed if they are equal to or superior to that specified and provided they are listed and fully explained on a separate page. Proposals taking total exception to specifications shall not be accepted. Also, Proposers shall submit a detailed proposal. A letter only, even though written on a company letterhead, shall not be sufficient. Proposals shall be submitted in the same sequence as specifications for ease of evaluation, comparison and checking of compliance. An exception to these requirements shall not be accepted. 10. EXCEPTIONS ❑ All exceptions shall be stated no matter how seemingly minor. Any exceptions not taken shall be assumed by the City to be included in the proposal, regardless of the cost to the Proposer. 11. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION � ❑ The apparatus shall be designed with due consideration to distribution of load between the front and rear axles. Weight balance and distribution shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association. 12. COMMER4;IAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE ❑ The successful Proposer shall, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: Each Occurrence $:1,000,000 Products /Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 21 -17 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No General Aggregate $5,000,000 Coverage shall be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy shall be written on an occurrence form and shall include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy shall include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. 13. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE ❑ The successful Proposer shall, during the performance of the contract keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance: Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 Coverage shall be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form. 14. UMBRELLA /EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE ❑✓ ❑ The successful Proposer shall, during the performance of the contract: and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Aggregate: $25,000,000 Each Occurrence: $25,000,000 The umbrella policy shall be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the Proposer's General Liability, Automobile Liability and Employer's Liability policies, The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage shall be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Bests. All policies shall provide a 30 day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance shall provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice shall be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Proposer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with its Proposal. The certificate shall show the City as certificate holder, 16. ISO COMPLIANCE ❑ The manufacturer shall operate a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that shall be established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance shall be included with the Proposal. 16. SINGLE SOURCE MANUFA9JU&E —R ❑ Proposals shall only be accepted from a single source apparatus D� manufacturer. The definition of single source is a manufacturer that designs and manufactures their products using an integrated approach, including the 21 -18 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No chassis, cab and body being fabricated and assembled on the Proposer's premises. The warranties relative to the chassis and body design (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) must be from a single source manufacturer and not split between manufacturers (i.e. body and chassis). The Proposer shall provide evidence that they comply with this requirement. 17. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS F/ -1 El The apparatus being proposed shall be designed and built to match the newest fire department triple combination pumpers currently being used as front line fire apparatus. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and /or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit. At the pre - proposal meeting, a detailed pump panel layout shall be provided that shall match the newest pump panel configuration as closely as possible. 18. MOST CURRENT NFPA STANDARDS ❑ This unit shall comply with the most current NFPA standards, except for fire department directed exceptions at time of contract execution. These exceptions shall be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces shall be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated shall be provided. This plate shall show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer shall have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company shall designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. 19. NFPA COMPLIANCY ❑ Apparatus proposed by the Proposer shall meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications shall be indicated in the proposal as "non- NFPA ". 20. . VEHICLE INSPECTION PR ®GRAM CERTYFICATTON LJ ❑ The apparatus shall be third - party, independent, audit - certified to the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards. The certification includes! all design, production, operational, and performance testing of the apparatus. (NO EXCEPTIONS). 21. PUMPTEST ® ❑ The pump shall be tested, approved, and certified at the manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower Curve; and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details shall be forwarded to the Fire Department. 21 -19 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 22. INSPEMON TRIP(S) ✓ ❑ The Proposer shall provide three (3) factory inspection trip(s) for a total of nine (9) City representative(s). The inspection trip(s) shall be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the City. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals shall be the responsibility of the Proposer. 23. AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE A Customer Service website shall provide authorized dealers access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool shall provide the authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips. This website shall also be accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized dealer for additional support and service. The website shall provide the following to the designated individuals: - Authorized dealer and Customer- ability to access truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc. - Authorized dealer and customer - parts look -up capability, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings, and assembly drawings. - Authorized dealer and Customer - access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service publications. - Authorized dealer and Customer - access to manufacturer Service Bulletins and Work Instructions containing information on current service topics and recommendations provided. - Authorized dealer and Customer - access to upcoming training classes offered by the manufacturer. - Authorized dealer and Customer - access to interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components. - Authorized dealer and Customer - access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts. 24. BYO BON ®.NOT REOUESTEO ❑ A bid bond shall not be included. If requested, the following shall apply: All Proposers shall provide a bid bond as security for the Proposal in the form of a 5% bid bond to accompany their Proposal. This bid bond shall be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond shall be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and shall be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the 21 -20 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No date of bid. The bid bond shall include language, which assures that the Proposer /principal shall give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished In the prosecution of the contract. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle shall apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle shall not apply to any other warranties that are Included within this Proposal (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision shall prevail. 25. PERFORMANCE BOND, S YEAR The successful Proposer shall furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company Included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Suredes (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Proposer and Proposer's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond shall be simultaneously amended to 100 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type shall not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. 26. APPROVAL DRAWING ® ❑ A drawing of the proposed apparatus shall be.provided for approval before construction begins. The sales representative shall also have a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing shall become part of the contract documents. This drawing shall indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus shall be prepared and submitted by the manufacturer- to the City showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 27. DRAWING, PUMP OPERATORS PANEL ❑ ❑ A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel shall be provided for approval prior to construction. This drawing shall include all of the gauges and controls located on the pump operator's panel. 21 -21 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 28. FINAL DRAWING There shall be a revised drawing of the triple combination pumper with all the changes made during production provided at pickup. 29. CHASSIS Chassis provided shall be a new, tilt -type custom fire apparatus. The chassis 1:1 shall be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis shall be designed and manufactured for heavy -duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis shall be the manufacturer's heavy -duty line tilt cab. 30. MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT 0 ❑ The maximum overall height of the apparatus shall be 111 inches /9' 3" (NO EXCEPTIONS). 31. MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH Fv(] ❑ The maximum overall length of the apparatus shall be 364 inches (NO EXCEPTIONS). 32. WHEELBASE a ❑ The wheelbase of the vehicle shall be no greater than 1.81.5 inches (NO EXCEPTIONS). 33. GVW RATING ® ❑ The gross vehicle weight rating shall be a minimum of 43,500 lbs.. 34. FRAME Z ❑ The chassis frame shall be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails shall have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail shall have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in -lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in -lb over the rear axle. The frame rails shall be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat - treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges. 35. FRAME REINFORCEMENT z ❑ In addition, a mainframe inverted "L" liner shall be provided. It shall be heat - treated steel measuring 12.00" x 3.00" x .25 ". Each liner shall have a section modulus of 7.795 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 857,462 in -lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center shall be 3,976,502 pounds per rail. The frame liner shall be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail, beginning at the front edge of the mainframe rail and extending to the rear cab crossmember. 36. FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE ❑ The front axle shall be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 19,500 lb (NO EXCEPTIONS). 21 -22 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No The minimum turning angle shall be 45 degrees. The front discharge, front suction, or wheels shall not infringe on the cramp angle. (NO EXCEPTIONS). 37. FRONT SUSPENSION Z El A front independent suspension shall be provided with a minimum ground rating of 19,500 lb. 38. SHOCK ABSORBERS Heavy -duty telescoping shock absorbers shall be provided on the front suspension. 39. OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window shall be provided on the front axle. 40. FRONT TIRES 0 D The front tires shall be 385/65R22.50 radials, 18 ply tread, rated for 19,840 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed (NO EXCEPTIONS). The tires shall be mounted on 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc -type wheels with a ten (10) -stud, 11.25" bolt circle (Hub Piloted, NO EXCEPTIONS). 41. REAR AXLE The rear axle shall have a capacity of 24,000 lb, 42. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio shall be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 MPH. 43. REAR SUSPENSION The rear springs shall be semi - elliptical, 3.00" x 52.00 ", ten (10) leaves with a ground rating of 24,000 lbs. Spring hangers shall be castings with provisions for lubrication. The grease fittings shall be 90- degree type and shall be accessible without removing the wheels or cutting any sheet metal. Two (2) top leaves shall wrap the forward spring hanger pin and the top leaf shall wrap the rear spring hanger pin on both the front and rear suspensions. The spring pins shall be provided, with double "figure- eight" grease grooves. The bushing that holds the spring pin in place shall also have a grease groove. 44. OIL SEALS z 0 Oil seals shall be provided on the rear axle. 45. REAR TIRES ❑ Rear tires shall be four (4) 11R22.50 radials, 16 ply all season tread, rated for 24,020 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. The tires shall be mounted on 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) -stud 11.25" bolt circle (Hub Piloted, NO EXCEPTIONS). 46. IM BALA U All tires shall be balanced with Counteract: balancing beads. The beads shall be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. 21 -23 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 47. TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There shall be a tire alert pressure management system provided that shall monitor each tire's pressure. A chrome plated brass sensor shall be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires. The sensor shall calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 20 and 120 psi. The sensor shall activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that fire drops eight (8) psi. Removing the cap from the sensor shall indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED shall immediately start blinking. 48. HUB COVERS (FRONTI 1:1 Stainless steel hub covers shall be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window shall be provided. 49. HUB COVERS (REAR) ❑ A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers shall be provided on rear axle hubs. To be removable without removing lug nuts. 50. LUG NUT COVERS Stainless steel lug nut covers shall be installed on all lug nuts in place of °/ standard. 51. MUD FLAPS ❑ Mud flaps shall be installed behind the front and rear wheels of the apparatus. 52. SPARE FRONT TIRE ❑d El A spare front tire, 385/65R22.50 to match the vehicle's front tires shall be provided and mounted on an aluminum disc wheel (Hub Piloted, NO EXCEPTIONS). 53. REAR DUAL SPARE TIRE SET ❑ A complete rear dual spare tire set, 11R22.5, 16 ply, to match the vehicle's v L`LJ rear tires shall be provided, mounted on a polished aluminum disc wheel (Hub Piloted, NO EXCEPTIONS). 54. WHEEL CHOCKS shall be one (1) pair of non - folding aluminum alloy wheel blocks, with El easy -grip handle provided- Zico Model Non - Folding AC -2 55. WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS FZI ❑ There shall be one (1) pair of horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the wheel chocks. The brackets shall be mounted ahead of the rear wheels- Zico Model QCH -2 On engineers side 56. ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ❑ The vehicle shall be equipped with an anti -lock braking system. The ABS shall provide a four (4) channel anti -lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology shall control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel shall be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal to be sent to the control unit. This control unit then shall reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock 21 -24 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No brake system shall eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. 57. ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM WARRANTY The ABS system shall come with a three (3) year or 300,000 mile parts and labor warranty provided by ABS manufacturer. 58. BRAKES The service brake system shall be full air type. The front brakes shall be disc type. The rear brakes shall be disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 59. AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM The air compressor shall have 15.80 cubic feet per minute output at 1,250 RPM. 60, BRAKESYSTEM The brake system shall include: 11 - Dual brake treadle valve with vinyl covered foot surface - Heated automatic moisture ejector - Total air system capacity of 4,362 cubic inches - Two (2) air pressure gauges with red warning light and audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi - Spring set parking brake system - Parking brake operated by a control valve - A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel - A double check valve system to provide automatic spring brake application at 40 psi The air tank shall be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank shall be mounted with stainless steel brackets (NO EXCEPTIONS). - Air dryer, with heater properly sized for the entire brake system 61. BRAU_LINES IZI LJ Color -coded nylon brake lines shall be provided. The lines shall be wrapped in a heat protective loom where necessary in the chassis. 62. AIRINLET O One (1) air inlet with male coupling shall be provided. It shall allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet shall be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve shall be provided to prevent reverse Flow of air. The inlet shall discharge into P' l6� CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No the "wet" tank of the brake system, A mating female coupling shall also be provided with the loose equipment. 63. AIR TANK, ADDITIONAL � El additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement shall be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank shall be dedicated for air horn use. The air tank shall be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank shall be mounted with stainless steel brackets (NO EXCEPTIONS). The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine RPM. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options. 64. MANUAL MOISTURE EJECTOR(S) ❑ Four (4) manual moisture ejectors shall be installed in the brake system. The moisture ejectors shall be remote located under the engineer's pump panel in a cluster, as close to the edge of vehicle as possible. A "Ring" shall be provided at the moisture ejector, to allow for ease of pulling the drain. Each moisture ejector shall have a label directly under the ejector, stating air tank drain. Nylon tubing, .38" diameter, shall be routed from the air tank to the moisture ejector. The nylon tubing shall be covered with protective split loom. The moisture ejector(s) shall be provided on the primary, reserve and extra mounted under the engineer's pump panel. 65. BRAKE FiR PINGS. SPECIAL El the brass brake system fittings shall be "compression type" fittings in place of the standard push to connect type. 66. ENGINE The chassis shall be powered by an electronically controlled engine as ❑ ❑ described below: Make: Cummins Model: ISL9 Power: 450 hp at 2100 rpm Torque: 1250 lb-ft at 1400 rpm Governed Speed: 2200 RPM Emissions Level: EPA 2010 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) 21 -26 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Com lies? Yes No Displacement: 543 cubic Inches (8,9L) Starter: Delco 39MT Fuel Filters: Spin -on style primary filter with water separator & water -in -fuel sensor. Secondary spin -on style flter. Coolant Filter: Spin -on style with shut off valves on the supply and return line. 67. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch shall be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, ® ❑ that shall automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch shall be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation /deactivation. The high idle shall be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light shall be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light shall illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light shall be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 68. ENGINE BRAKE 11 An engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver shall be able to turn the engine brake system on /off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake shall be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device when required. 69. CLUTCH FAN A fan clutch shall be provided. The fan clutch shall be automatic when the 1:1 pump transmission is in 'Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position, 70. ENGINE AIR INTAKE air Intake with an ember separator shall be mounted high on the �i I7 I El passenger side of the cab, to the front of the crew cab door. The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and re- circulating hot air from entering the engine. The ember separator shall be easily accessible through a hinged stainless steel grille, with one (1) flush quarter turn latch. 71. EXHAUST SYSTEM@, The exhaust system shall include a diesel particulate filter (DPF) and a � 11 selective catalytic reduction (SCR) device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system shall be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the SCR device and shall be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap shall be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and SCR to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab. The exhaust shall terminate horizontally ahead of the passenger side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser shall be provided to reduce the temperature of 21 -27 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields shall be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 72. RADIATOR ❑ The radiator and the complete cooling system shall meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum cooling performance, the radiator core shall be made of copper fins having a serpentine design, soldered to brass tubes. The tubes shall be welded to brass headers for Increased strength, longer road life and solder - bloom corrosion protection. The radiator core shall have a minimum frontal area of 1396 square inches. Steel supply and return tanks shall be bolted to the core headers and steel side channels to complete the radiator assembly. The radiator shall be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator shall be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly shall be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber Isolators. The radiator shall include an integral deaeration tank, with a remote - mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator shall have a built -in sight glass. The radiator shall be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port shall be. located at the lowest point of the cooling system and /or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. A heavy -duty fan shall draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles shall be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 73. COOLANT LINES Iil El hoses shall be used for all engine /heater coolant lines installed by the IZ J chassis manufacturer. Hose damps shall be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They shall react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant damping pressure on the hose. 74. FUEL TANK U A 65- gallon fuel tank shall be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank shall be constructed of 1.2- gauge, hot rolled steel. It shall be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank shall be mounted with stainless steel straps. (NO EXCEPTIONS). A .75" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet shall be located on the left hand side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." P' 5101A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No A .50" diameter vent shall be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet. The tank shall meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines shall be provided as recommended by tfie engine manufacturer. 75. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK ❑ A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank shall be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle. The tank shall be constructed of 16 -gauge type 304- L stainless steel. A .50" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet shall be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only ". The fill inlet shall be located adjacent to the engine fuel inlet behind a common hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door on the driver side of the vehicle. The tank shall meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank shall include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. A five gallon container of OEM Diesel Exhaust Fluid shall be provided at time of delivery (NO EXCEPTIONS). 76. FUEL COQLER 0 ❑ An air to fuel cooler shall be installed in the engine fuel return line. The fuel filler cap shall have a retaining chain. 77. FUEL DOOR LABEL El shall be a label provided on the fuel door, to read "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only ". 78. FUE SEPARATOR The engine shall be equipped with an in -line spin -on fuel and water separator ❑ in addition to the engine fuel filters. Shut -off valves shall be installed on both sides of the fuel separators for maintenance purposes. 79. TRANSMISSION An Allison EVS 3000 electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission [ sl 0V El shall be provided (NO EXCEPTIONS). v The transmission shall be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display shall indicate when service is due, Two (2) PTO openings shall be located on left: side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock). A transmission temperature gauge with reel light and buzzer shall be Installed on the cab instrument panel. 21 -29 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 80. TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A six (6) -speed push button shift module with the four (4) + two (2) "Mode" button shall be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator shall be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The shifter shall be a double -digit display model. The transmission ratio shall be 1st - 3.51 to 1.00, 2nd - 1.91 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.43 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0,75 to 1.00, 6th - 0.64 to 1.00, R - 4.80 to 1.00. 81. TRANSMISSION COOLER � ❑ A separate transmission oil cooler shall be provided and located in close proximity to the radiator. The cooler shall use engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. 82. TRANSMISSION FLUID ❑ The transmission shall be provided with Allison approved TES -295 heavy duty synthetic transmission Fluid. 83. DRINELINE ❑ Drivelines shall be a heavy -duty metal tube and be equipped with universal joints. The shafts shall be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint shall be provided in each driveshaft, Slip joint shall be coated with Glidecoat or equivalent. 84. STEERING � ❑ Dual steering gears, with integral heavy -duty power steering, shall be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering shall incorporate an air to oil cooler and a hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines shall have wire braided lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column shall be provided to Improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. 85. STEERING WHEEL © ❑ The steering wheel shall be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4) -spoke design. 86. ;LOGO AND CITY DESIGNATION ON DASH � ❑ The dash panel shall have an emblem containing the fire apparatus manufacturer's logo and City name. The emblem shall have three (3) rows of text for the City's department name. There shall be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text shall be: Newport The second row of text shall be: Beach The third row of text shall be: Fire 21 -30 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 87. BUMPER A one (1) piece, stainless steel bumper shall be attached to the front of the frame. A 9,00" channel shall be mounted directly behind the bumper for additional strength. The bumper shall be extended 16.00" from front face of cab, 88. LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS ❑ Mounted to the frame extension shall be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts shall be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes shall be painted the same color as the frame. 89. TOW EYES Two (2) chromed steel tow eyes shall be installed under the bumper and ❑ attached to the front frame members. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes shall have a .25" radius. The tow eyes shall be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 pound straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes shall not be used for lifting of the apparatus. 90. HOSE TRAY � ❑ A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, shall be placed in the center of the bumper extension. The tray shall have a capacity of 20' of 5.00" double jacket cotton - polyester hose. Black rubber grating shall be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 91. GRAVEL PAN � ❑ A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, shall be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan shall be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate. 92. BUMPER f905E RESTRAINT ❑ There shall be one (1) hose tray(s) located in the passenger's side. The tray(s) t_J shall have a pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with seat belt buckle fasteners provided. The strap(s) shall be used to secure the hose in the tray. 93. HOSE TRAY (left side) A hose tray shall be placed in the left side of the extended bumper. ❑ The tray shall have a capacity of 100' of 1.75" double jacket cotton- polyester hose and fog nozzle (Elkhart TSM 20 FLP). 21 -31 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No Black rubber grating shall be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes shall also provided, Hose tray shall have a tread plate lid and shall be secured. Hose tray shall not interfere with the approach angle or cab tilt. 94. CAB The cab shall be designed specifically for the fire service and shall be ❑ manufactured by the chassis builder. Construction of the cab shall consist of 5052 -1-132 .125" aluminum welded to extruded aluminum framing. The cab shall be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises (NO EXCEPTIONS). The cab shall be 96.00" wide with an interior width of 87.50 ". Due to the narrow streets of the city wider cabs will not be accepted. The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground without the lightbar) shall be approximately 103.00 ". The overall height listed shall be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension shall increase the overall height listed. The Floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab shall be 54.00" in the center and 59.25" in the outboard positions. The crew cab floor shall measure 40.12" from rear wall to the back side of engine tunnel. The engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), shall measure 47.75" to the back wall. The crew cab shall be of the totally enclosed design with access doors constructed in the same manner as the driver and passenger doors. The cab shall be a full tilt cab style. The engine shall be easily accessible and capable of being removed with the cab tilted. The cab shall be capable of tilting 45 degrees and 90 degrees with crane assist. The cab shall have a three (3) -point rubber mounting and shall be tilted by a hydraulic pump connected to two (2) cab lift cylinders. The cab shall then be locked down by a two (2) -point automatic locking mechanism that actuates after the cab has been lowered. [aright aluminum tread plate shall be overlaid and sealed at all edges on the outside rear wall of the crew cab to prevent damage of crosslay hose couplings. 95. INTEBIOR CAB INSULATION cab shall include 1.50" insulation in the ceiling and side walls, and 2.00" 0 El insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. 21 -32 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 96. ENGINE TUNNEL Engine hood side walls shall be constructed of .50" aluminum. The top shall be constructed of .19" aluminum and shall be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room. The engine hood shall be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA series 1900 pamphlet. 97. CUP HOLDERS A total of (4) mounted cup holders shall be provided. (2) cup holders shall be ® ❑ provided for the driver and officer, and (2) cup holders shall be provided in the crew cab area. Cup holders shall accommodate 16 oz. water bottles and /or sports drink bottles. 3.5" in diameter x 3.5" tall. 98. KNOX BOXILIMITED ACCESS KEY BOX � ❑ Mount City supplied Limited Access Key Box /Knox Box within reach of officer seat. 99. FENDER LINERS ❑ Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells shall be provided. 100. WANDSHIELD a ❑ A curved safety glass windshield shall be provided with over 2,754 square inches of clear viewing area. The cab windshield shall have bright trim inserts in the rubber molding holding the glass in place. Economical windshield replacement glass shall be readily available from local auto glass suppliers. 101. SUNVISORS ❑ Two (2) smoked Lexan sunvisors, 8.75" x 31.00" long, shall be provided. The sunvisors shall be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. 102. WINDSHIELD WIPERS ❑ Two (2) electric windshield wipers with washer shall be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements. The washer reservoir shall be able to be filled without raising the cab, 103. GLOVE BOX ❑ A glove box with a drop -down door shall be installed in the front dash panel in front of the officer position. The glove box shall not interfere with the MDC. 104. LB J.IFT A hydraulic cab lift system shall be provided consisting of an electric powered I � J ❑ hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic pump shall have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure. Lift controls shall be on a panel located in the driver's side step well. In addition to the panel controls, a 15' remote control shall be provided for raising and lowering the cab. The remote control shall be stored in the 21 -33 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No cab. The receptacle for the remote control shall be located next to the master controls in the driver's step well. Cab shall be locked down by a two (2) -point automatic spring - loaded hook mechanism that actuates after the cab has been lowered. The hydraulic cylinders shall be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm shall be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position, This device shall be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. 1OS. INTERLOCK, CAB LIFT TO PARKING BRAKE ❑ The cab lift system shall be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism shall be active only when the parking brake is set and the battery switch is in the on position, if the parking brake is released the cab tilt mechanism shall be disabled. 106. DOOR 2AMB SCUFFPLATES All cab door jambs shall be furnished with a polished stainless steel scuffplate, a ❑ mounted on the striker side of the jamb. 107. STRIPE (ON PAINT BREAK) ❑ There shall be a simulated gold leaf stripe provided on the paint break in place !� I of chrome molding. The stripe shall be on both sides of the cab and on the cab face with shield. 108. MIRRORS One (1) polished chrome mirror (Ramoo Model CRM- 310 - 1750 -PCHR) shall be a ❑ mounted on each of the front cab doors. The mirrors shall be full faced, flat, with an integrated bottom mount convex section. The mirror head shall have a highly polished chrome finish. The flat glass in each mirror shall be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. The convex section in each mirror shall be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver, 109. DOORS ❑ To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors shall be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 61.75" high. The crew cab doors shall be located on the sides of the cab and shall be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab doors shall measure a minimum of 34.88" wide x 61.75" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors shall be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of .125 ". The exterior door sklns shall be constructed from .090" aluminum. All cab and crew cab entry doors shall contain a conventional roll down window. 21 -34 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No A flush mounted, chrome plated paddle type door handle shall be provided on the exterior of each cab door. Each door shall also be provided with an interior flush paddle handle. The cab doors shall be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks as required by FMVSS 206. The locks shall be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors shall remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano -type hinge with a .38" pin and 11 gauge leaf shall be provided on all cab doors. There shall be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit. Full height polished stainless steel scuffplates shall be installed on the Inside of all cab doors. Cab door panels shall be removable without disconnecting door and window mechanisms. A chrome handrail shall be provided on the inside each front cab door, for ease of entry. The cab steps at each door location shall be located below the cab doors and shall be exposed to the exterior of the cab. 110. CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps shall be a full size two (7_) step Wl ❑ design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps shall be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps shall be a bolt -in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps shall be a minimum 24.75' wide, and the crew cab steps shall be 21.25' wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps shall not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps. Three (3) step entrance designs shall not be acceptable due to safety concerns. A slip- resistant handrail shall be provided adjacent to each cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 111. STEP LIGHTS For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to Incandescent lighting, � ❑ there shall be four (4) LED step lights provided. The lights shall be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step, in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep. The lights shall be activated when the adjacent door Is opened. 3112. FENDERCROWNS ® E ❑ Stainless steel fender crowns shall be installed at the cab wheel openings. The fender crowns shall have a radius outside corner that allows the fender crown to extend beyond the side wall of the front Hres and also allow the crew cab doors to open fully. 21 -35 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No 113. CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass shall be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows shall be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. No windows on rear of cab. 114. WINDOW TINT Crew cab windows shall be tinted with 44 percent light transmission tint. The a following windows are included: - Crew cab side windows - Crew cab door, roll -up windows 115. CAB ROOF COVERING EJ Horizontal cab roof surfaces shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. Edges and fastening screws shall be properly caulked to prevent water from leaking under aluminum. Front and side warning lights shall not be mounted on top of treadplate. The treadplate shall extend and terminate next to the warning lights. 116. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SHELF There shall be a full width 'T' shaped shelf provided in the crew cab for � ❑ permanent mounting of equipment. The shelf shall extend across the cab from the front edge of the map box on the driver's side and the front edge of the air tunnel on the passenger's side. The center of the shelf shall extend rearward to the rear edge of the engine tunnel. The driver and passenger sides shall be notched around the rear facing SCBA seats. The shelf shall have a 2.00" lip around edge. The shelf shall be fabricated from .1.88" aluminum and shall be painted to match the cab Interior. Not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored an tray shall be permanently attached to meet NFPA requirements. 117. STORAGE COMPARTMENTS Provided on each side of the cab, below the cab Floor, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, shall be a storage compartment. The compartments shall be 11.50" wide x 14.00" deep x 18.00" high, The doors shall be of the single pan construction with one (1) D.-ring latch. Chain with a clear plastic covering shall be used as a door stop. 118. BRACKET SCBA HOLDER Z( There shall be a pair of free standing heavy duty mounting brackets fabricated LJ to accommodate a total of (4) Zico SCBA holders. The mounting brackets shall be fabricated to firmly support the weight of a SCOTT SCBA with (45) minute cylinder. These brackets shall be painted the color of the interior and shall match the current design installed on the newest NBf-D apparatus. (2) Zico SCBA holders shall be mounted on the driver's side rear facing crew cab 21 -36 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No seat area and (2) Zico SCBA holders shall be mounted on the officer's side rear facing crew cab seat area. 119. CAB INTERIOR The wrap - around style high impact ABS plastic cab dash fascia shall be a ❑ designed to provide unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout shall provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road. The center console shall include an easily removable cover for the defroster. The officer side dash and center console shall be a flat faced design to provide easy maintenance and shall be constructed out of painted aluminum. The engine tunnel shall be padded and covered with 4.6 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The upper door liners shall be constructed of an aluminum backing covered with padded upholstery. The headliner shall be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material shall be vinyl. A sound barrier shall be part of its composition. Material shall be installed on aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling. Forward portion of cab headliner shall provide easy access for servicing electrical wiring or for other maintenance needs without removing the entire unit (NO EXCEPTIONS). 120. CAB_T_NYERIOR 91PHOLSTERY ❑ The cab interior upholstery shall be dark silver gray. 121. INTERIOR PAINT (CAB) a ❑ The cab interior metal surfaces shall be painted gray, vinyl texture paint. 122. CAB FLOOR ❑ The cab and crew cab floor areas shall be covered with floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam de- coupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a .25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 123. gAB IBEFROSTER ❑ "There shall be a 41,000 BTU /hr defroster in the cab located under the engine tunnel. The defroster ventilation shall be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and shall be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster shall have a three (3)- speed blower and temperature controls accessible to the driver and officer. The defroster ducts shall be designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the front cab windows. 21 -37 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No 124. CAB /CREW CAB HEATER Two (2) auxiliary heaters with 32,000 BTU /hr each shall be provided in the cab. The heaters shall have a three (3) -speed blower and temperature controls accessible to the driver and officer. There shall also be louvers located below the rear facing seat riser and below the driver and officer positions for airflow. The heaters shall be mounted, one (1) within each rear facing seat riser. 125. AIR CONDITIONING A high - performance, customized air conditioning system shall be furnished f �I I� I inside the cab and crew cab. A 19.10 cubic inch compressor shall be installed on the engine. The air conditioning system shall be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test shall be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of four (4) hours. A roof - mounted condenser that meets and exceeds the performance specification shall be installed on the cab roof. Mounting the condenser below the cab or body would reduce the performance of the system and shall not be acceptable. An evaporator unit that meets and exceeds the performance specification shall be installed in the cab, located in the center of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator shall include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple outlets, one (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The evaporator unit shall be provided with adjustable air outlets strategically located to direct air flow to the driver, officer and crew cab area. All hose used shall be class 1 type to reduce moisture ingression into the air conditioning system. The air conditioner refrigerant shall be R -134A and shall be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner shall be controlled by a single electronic control panel. For ease of operation, the control panel shall include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel shall include robust knobs for both fan speed and temperature adjustment. .126. GRAB HANDLE 11 A black rubber covered grab handle shall be mounted on the upper "A" post of LJ u u the driver's side cab entrance to assist in entering the cab. A black rubber covered grab handle shall be mounted on the lower portion of the driver's side cab entrance to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle shall be securely mounted to the post area between the door and steering wheel column. fIQeR CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No A long rubber grab handle shall be mounted on the dash board in front of the officer, 127. ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS Two (2) engine compartment lights shall be installed under the engine hood, with an integral switch. The lights shall have a .125" diameter hole in its lens to prevent moisture retention. 128. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICK access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there shall be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door shall be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door shall be 17.75' wide x 12.75' high and be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel. The engine oil dipstick shall allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick shall allow for both checking and filling. An additional tube shall be provided for filling the engine oil. The door shall have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic Insulation. One (1) flush latch shall be provided on the access door. 129. MAP BOX -1 /0FFICER A map box with three (3) bins, open at officer side, shall be installed on the � ❑ front of the engine housing. The map box shall be divided into three (3) bins, each being 12.00" wide x 4.00" deep x 8.00" high. The map box shall be constructed of ,125' aluminum and shall be painted to match the cab interior. Final construction, design and location TBD at pre -con. 130. MAP BOX -2 /FIREFIGHTER ❑✓ A map box with six (6) bins, open from top, shall be installed on the rear of the engine housing for firefighter access. The map box shall be divided into six (6) bins, each being 12.00" wide x 6.00" deep x 8.00" high. The map box shall be constructed of .125' aluminum and shall be painted to match the cab interior. Final construction, design and locationTBD at pre -con. 131. MAP POCKET ❑ Installed on each front door shall be a map pocket. The pocket shall be 13.50" wide x 14.00" high x 1.50" deep and constructed of stainless steel. A rectangular notch shall be provided in the center of the map pocket that shall be 9.50" wide x 9.00" deep to allow access the map books. A white 8" reflective stripe shall be provided on each map pocket. 132. FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION The cab shall be provided with a frontal Impact protection system and shall include the following: (NO E)(CEPTIONS). o A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor shall be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor shall perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and shall record sensory inputs immediately before and during a frontal impact event. 21 -39 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No • A fault - indicating light shall be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system. • A driver side front air bag shall be mounted in the steering wheel and shall be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. • A passenger side knee bolster air bag shall be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and shall be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. • Driver and front passenger suspension seats shall be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a frontal impact event. • Driver and front passenger seat belts shall be provided with pre - tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during frontal impact event. The SRS system shall provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system shall activate when the vehide decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis shall have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing, Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor shall activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected (NO EKCEPTIONS) The SRS system shall deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event: o Driver side front air bag. m Passenger side knee bolster air bag. m Driver and front passenger suspension seats shall be retracted to the lowest travel position. e Driver and front passenger seat belts shall be pre - tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place. 133. SEATING CAPACITY �� 1:1 The seating capacity in the cab shall be four (4). I v 134. ®RIlfER SEAT W1 El seat shall be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design shall be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat shall include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control shall be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat shall have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back 21 -40 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No shall be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control), The seat shall include a manual air control switch to vertically raise and lower the seat. The seat shall not be automatic height adjusting. The seat shall include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system; A suspension seat safety system shall be included. When activated in the event of a frontal impact, this system shall pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position (NO EXCEPTIONS). The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 135. OFFICER SEAT A seat shall be provided In the cab for the driver. The seat design shall be a Q El cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat shall include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control shall be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat shall have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back shall be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control), The seat shall include a manual air control switch to vertically raise and lower the seat. The seat shall not be automatic height adjusting. The seat shall include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system; A suspension seat safety system shall be included. When activated in the event of a frontal impact:, this system shall pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position (NO EXCEPTIONS). The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 136. FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There shall be one (1) forward facing flip-up seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back shall be a high back style with nine (9) degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric 21 -41 ; CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 137. FOR -WARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT ❑✓ ❑ There shall be one (1) forward facing Flip -up seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back shall be a high back style with nine (9) degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat shall be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat shall be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat shall be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue shall be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle shall be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt shall be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 138. SEAT UPHOLSTERY a ❑ All seat upholstery shall be dark grey material. 139. SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT El seating positions furnished with three (3) -point shoulder type seat belts u u shall Include a height adjustment. This adjustment shall optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. 140. SEAT BELTS ❑ All seating positions in the cab and crew cab shall have red seat belts. 141. SEAT BELT MONITORING ENd � ❑ A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) shall be provided. The SBMS shall be capable of monitoring up to four (4) seat positions indicating the status of each seat position with a green or red LED indicator as follows: Driver Seat: Seat Occupied Buckled Green No Occupant Unbuckled Not Illuminated The driver seat shall not include an occupant sensor. The display indication for the driver seat shall illuminate red any time the parking brake is released and the driver seat belt is not buckled. All Other Seats: 21 -42 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No Seat.Occupied Buckled Green Seat Occupied Unbuckled Red No Occupant Buckled Red No Occupant Unbuckled Not Illuminated Alarm: The SBMS shall include an audible alarm that shall be activated when a red illumination condition exists and the parking brake is released, or a red illumination condition exists and the transmission is not in park. 142. INTERIOR CAB COMPARTMENT Z F1 A forward facing interior cab compartment shall be provided in the crew cab at the center position. The compartment shall be 38.00" wide x 30.00" high x 22.63" deep with one (1) Gortite roll up door, non - locking with anodized finish. The clear door opening of the compartment shall be 20.00" high x 33.00" wide. The compartment shall be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. The compartment shall have ventilation holes /louvers on each side of the compartment to provide adequate ventilation of installed radio communication equipment. This storage compartment shail be compliant per NFPA standard for automotive fire apparatus (NO EXCEPTIONS). 143. COMPARTMENT LIGHT ❑ There shall be one (2) On Scene Solutions LED strip light installed on.the left side of the compartment opening, The lights shall be controlled by an automatic door switch. 144. SHELVING ❑ There shall be three (3) shelves provided in the "Interior Cab Compartment". (2) Shelves shall be constructed of .090" aluminum with a 1.25" up- turned lip. Shelving shall be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded tightener sliding in a track. The bottom shelf shall be sliding, lockable, extreme low profile and be constructed with a 1" lip. The location shall be in the "Interior Cab Compartment ". 145. HELMET HOL ®ER f-1 There shall be four (4) helmet holder bracket(s) provided in the cab. The l_I brackets shall provide quick access and secure storage of the helmet(s). The bracket location(s) shall be determined at time of final inspection. 146. CAB INTERIOR LIGHTIN§ © ❑ Auxiliary lights shall be provided in the cab and consisting of: - Two (2) Red /Clear dome light located, one (1) on the officer side and one (1) on the driver side, controlled by the following: twcsm CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No Clear forward light controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. Red rearward light controlled by the lens switch. - Two (2) Adjustable Map Lights: With switches mounted on the cab ceiling. 147. CREW CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING Auxiliary lights shall be provided In die crew cab and consist of: - Four (4) red /clear dome lights located two (2) each side, controlled by the following: Clear forward lights controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. Red rearward lights controlled by the lens switch. - A courtesy light at each door opening, controlled by automatic door switches 148. CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel shall consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale Indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches shall be Identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch shall illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps shall not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls shall be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels shall be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. 149. G U The gauge panel shall include the following ten (10) black gauges with black u u bezels to monitor vehicle performance: Voltmeter Gauge (Volts) Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm High volts (15 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very high volts (16 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Tachometer (RPM) Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) I(m /H) Fuel Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fuel (1/8 full) 21 -44 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low fuel (1/32) fuel Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Engine Oil Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Front Air Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Rear Air Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit) High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit) High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm All gauges and gauge indicators shall perform prove out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. 150. I4 ®YCATOR LAMPS El promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps shall be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps shall be "dead- front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights shall have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps shall be present: Low coolant Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) Checl( engine Check trans (check transmission) 21 -45 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat) Air rest (air restriction) Caution (triangle symbol) Water in fuel DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) Trailer ABS (where applicable) Wait to start (where applicable) HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system) MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) DEF (low diesel exhaust Fluid level) The following red telltale lamps shall be present: Warning (stop sign symbol) Seat belt Parking brake Stop engine Rack down The following green telltale lamps shall be provided: Left turn Right turn Battery on The following blue telltale lamp shall be provided: High beam 151. AL&Rm NO ❑ Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm shall be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime /chirp) shall be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present:. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm shall be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms shall intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp shall act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still 21 -46 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No exists. Any new warning or caution condition shall enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. 152. INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE -Ol1T Telltale indicators and alarms shall perform prove -out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance, 153. CONTROL SWXTCHES For ease of use, the following controls shall be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp shall be provided. Pressing the switch shall activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode. Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)- position maintained rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position shall activate the parking lights. The third switch position shall activate the headlights. Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)- position momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held. The following standard controls shall be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp shall be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position, The second switch position shall activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch shall indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light shall be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. The following standard controls shall be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches shall have backlit labels for low light applications. Ignition switch: A three (3)- position maintained /momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position shall activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position shall disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for 21 -47 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No three (3) to five (5) seconds. A green indicator lamp shall be activated with vehicle Ignition. Engine start switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position shall activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4-way hazard switch: A two (2)- position maintained rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate the 4 -way hazard switch function. The second switch position shall activate the 4 -way hazard function. The switch actuator shall be red and includes the international 4- way hazard symbol. Heater and defroster controls. Turn signal arm: A self - canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper /washer controls shall be provided. The windshield wiper control shall have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push /pull park brake control valve shall be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control shall be provided through the center of the steering wheel, 154. CUSTOM SWITCH PANEl S The design of cab instrumentation shall allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus Improving safety. There shall be positions for up to three (3) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to three (3) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to three (3) switch panels in the engine tunnel rear facing console accessible to both driver and officer. All switches shall have backlit labels for low light applications. 155. DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel shall be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel shall allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches shall allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel shall include the following: Engine diagnostic port Transmission diagnostic port ABS diagnostic port SRS diagnostic port (where applicable) Command Zone USB diagnostic port 21 -48 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER on ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) 156. CAB LCD DISPLAY A digital four (4) -row by 20- character dot matrix display shall be integral to the gauge panel. The display shall be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display shall be split Into three (3) sections. Each section shall have a dedicated function. The upper left section shall display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section shall display odometer, trip mileage, PTO hours, fuel consumption, engine hours, and other configuration specific information. The bottom section shall display INFO, CALMON, and WARNING messages. Text messages shall automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD shall be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. Proposer Complies? Yes No 701M 157. PIR RESTRIQ, L)N INDICATOR I ®I F-1 A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm shall be provided. A dash mounted air restriction gauge shall be provided, in the cab instrument panel. The gauge shall be a filter minder with black bezel, 158. SWr[ M PANELS The emergency light switch panel shall have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel shall contain eight (8) membrane -type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments shall include non - functioning black appliques. Documentation shall be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) shall be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access. The switches shall be membrane -type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch shall be illuminated white whenever backlighting is activated and illuminated red whenever the switch is active. For ease of use, a two (2) -ply, scratch resistant laser engraved label indicating the use of each switch shall be placed in the center of the switch. The label shall allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions. 159. MIPER CONTROL For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control shall be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control shall include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1) -speed intermittent wiper control with six (6).-second interval and windshield washer switch. The control shall have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. MW Ill❑■ 21 -49 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 160. SPARE CIRCUIT #1(MDC) a There shall be one ('1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery The negative wire shall be connected to chassis ground. Wires shall be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall be determined at the pre - construction meeting. Termination shall be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 161. SPARE CIRCUIT #2 (ACCESSORY POWER POINTS X 4) ❑ There shall be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to battery terminal The negative wire shall be connected to chassis ground. Wires shall be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate TBD at the pre - construction meeting. Termination shall be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 162. SPARE CIRCUIT #3 (HANDHELD RADIO' BATTERY CHARGERS) F El There shall be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to battery terminal. The negative wire shall be connected to chassis ground. Wires shall be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate in the interior crew cab cabinet high in the top of the cabinet. 21 -50 : CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No Termination shall be with six (6) position terminal strip. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuits) may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 163. SPARE CIRCUIT #4 (RADIOS. COMMUNICATIONS) I—1 There shall be one (1) pair of wires, Including a positive and a negative, Installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery The negative wire shall be connected to chassis ground. Wires shall be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate in the lower portion of the interior cab compartment. Termination shall be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). 164. SPARE CIRCUIT #S (ADDITIONAL RADIOS. ❑ COMMUNICATIONS) There shall be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on'the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery The negative wire shall be connected to chassis ground. Wires shall be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground shall terminate in the interior cab compartment for 800 meg /VHF radio, and one to the DS engine housing under the shelf. Termination shall be with six (6) position terminal strip. Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake Is set unless it supplies power for communication equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS). All spare circuits being utilized for communications shall be terminated directly to the isolated battery utilizing a bus bar (NO EXCEPTIONS). 165. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER El vehicle data recorder (VDR) shall be programmed to include the driver's seat to have a seat occupant sensor in place of being activated with the park seat 21 -51 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No brake. The driver's seat logic shall work like all other seating positions in the vehicle. 166. RADIO WITH CD PLAYER There shall be a Panasonic model 5101AU or equivalent AM /FM /Weatherband radio with compact disc player and MP3 jack installed with remote head mounted within access of the driver. The radio shall be mounted In the switch panel per layout. The quantity and location of the speakers shall be one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers located in the cab and one (1) pair of 5,25" speakers located in the crew cab. The type and location of the antenna shall be a roof - mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof. 167. INFORMATION CENTER An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal color LCD display shall be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center shall have the following specifications: - Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees F - An Optical Gel shall be placed between the LCD and protective lens - Five weather resistant user interface switches - Black enclosure with gray decal - Sunlight Readable - Linux operating system - Minimum of 400nits rated display - Display can be changed to an available foreign langauge. 168. OEERATION The information center shall be designed for easy operation for everyday use. The page button shall cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button shall allow a NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. Pressing any button while viewing a video feed shall return the information center to the vehicle information screens. A menu button shall provide access to maintenance, setup and diagnostic screens. All other button labels shall be specific to the information being viewed. 165. GENEABAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors shall be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable 21 -52 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No limits, a green background shall be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following shall occur: - An amber background /text color shall indicate a caution condition. - A red background /text color shall indicate a warning condition. Every screen shall include the following: - Exterior Ambient Temperature - Time (12 or 24 hour mode) - Text Alert Center: - The information center shall utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages shall be written to Identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages shall cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" shall change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color shall be shown for all alert center messages. - Button Labels: A label for each button shall exist. The label shall indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens shall have a button label with no text. 170. PAGE SCREENS ❑ The Information center shall include the following screens: Load Manager Screen: A list of items to be load managed shall be provided. The list shall provide: - Description of the load - Individual load shed priority: The lower the priority number the earlier the device shall be shed should a low voltage condition occur. - Load Status: The screen shall indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Do Not Move Truck: The Do Not Move Truck screen shall Indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices shall be indicated: - Driver Side Cab Door - Passenger's Side Cab Door - Driver Side Crew Cab Door - Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door 21 -53 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No - Driver Side Body Doors - Passenger's Side Body Doors - Rear Body Door(s) - Ladder Rack (if applicable) - Deck Gun (if applicable) - Light Tower (if applicable) - Hatch Door (if applicable) - Stabilizers (if applicable) - Steps (if applicable) - Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved, shall cause an "Alert Center" message if the parking brake is disengaged. Chassis Information: The following information shall be shown: - Engine RPM - Fuel Level - Battery Voltage - Engine Coolant Temperature - Engine Oil Pressure "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Active Alarms List: This screen shall show a list of all active text messages. The list items text shall match the text- messages shown in the "Alert Center ". The date and time the message occurred is displayed with each message in the list. 171. MENU SCREENS © ❑ The following screens shall be available through the Menu button: View System Information: A detailed list of vehicle information: - Battery Volts - Pump Hours - Transmission Oil Temperature - Pump Engaged - Engine Coolant Level - Engine Oil Level - Oil level shall only be shown when the engine is not running 21 -54 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Proposer Complles? Yes No - Power Steering Level Set daytime and nighttime Display Brightness: - Brightness: Increase and decrease - Default setting button Configure Video Mode: - Set Video Contrast - Set Video Color - Set Video Tint Set Startup Screen: - Choose the screen that shall be active at vehicle power - up Set Date & Time: - 12 or 24 hour format - Set time - Set date View Active Alarms: - Shows a list of all active alarms - Date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm - Silence alarms - All alarms are silenced System Diagnostics: - Module type and ID number - Module version - Module diagnostics information: - Input or output number - Circuit number connected to that input or output - Circuit name (item connected to the circuit) - Status of the input or output - Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 21 -55 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH I Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER I Complies? Yes No A vehicle data recorder (VDR) shall be provided. The VDR shall be capable of —' reading and storing vehicle information. The VDR shall be capable of operating in a voltage range from 8VDC to 16VDC. The VDR shall not interfere with, suspend, or delay any communications that may exist on the CAN data link during the power up, Initialization, runtime, or power down sequence. The VDR shall continue operation upon termination of power or at voltages below 8VDC for a minimum of 10ms. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A CD provided with the apparatus shall include the programming to download the information from the VDR. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The vehicle data recorder shall be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and /or CAN inputs: Vehicle Speed - MPH Acceleration - MPH /sec Deceleration - MPH /sec Engine Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On /Off Seat Occupied Status - Yes /No by Position (7 -12 Seating Capacity) Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes /No by Position (7 -12 Seating Capacity) Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On /Off Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year /Month /Day 173. INTERCON 5 57ET M Z/ ❑ A six (6) position David Clark intercom system shall be City supplied and Installed by the preferred builder. (NO EXCEPTIONS). Driver and Officer positions shall have radio interface capability with remote radio Push To Talk buttons located within easy reach of the driver and officer . Pump operator shall have a weatherproof bulkhead fitting for radio interface belt station. Two (2) crew cab positions shall have intercom only located between the forward facing crew cab seats on back wall of cab. A David Clark intercom only weatherproof bulkhead fitting shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus on the driver's side rear. 21 -56 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 174. UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET 7 T7 There shall be five (5) under the helmet, dual speaker headset(s) provided all positions. Each headset shall feature: a 5' Coiled cord Noise cancelling electric microphone Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress Microphone on /off button Comfort Gel Earseals 23 dB noise reduction 175. HEADSET HANGERS There shall be four (4) headset hanger /s installed for the Intercom ❑ system. The hanger /s shall be installed in the cab and crew cab for headsets. 176. RADIO EQUIPMENT The following radio equipment shall be provided by the fire department for ❑ Installation: a Mobile Data Computer a Mobile Data Computer Keyboard w /mounting bracket a Docking station, power supply, inverter, cables a Modem, Antenna, power supply, cables a Three drop in vehicular radio battery chargers. a 800 MHz Motorola mobile radio, antenna, power supply, speaker, palm mic a Multi Unit Battery Charger (6 bay battery charger). 9 EPCR (Electronic PreFlospital Care Report 110 Volt Power Supply) o EPCR Tablet Holder a 110/12 volt Inverter 177. SWIVEL BRACKET, 20HNNY RAY X 2 El (2) Johnny Ray swivel brackets shall be provided and installed to mount the siren head and 8001VHF dual band radio head. One will be mounted between the sun visors on cab ceiling and one will be below on top of dash. 178. PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTAL4ATIQN 171 r There shall be three (3) City supplied portable two -way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed tbd. Specific shipping requirements shall be followed. 179. TWO WAY RADIO INSTAL LT�ON ❑ There shall be one (1) City supplied two way radio sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed in the EMS compartment with the dual band radio head mounted in the dash area as per IP fi0'YI CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Com lies? Yes No drawing. Installation of the City supplied radio antennas shall be included in this option. Specific radio shipping requirements shall be followed. All antenna cables shall be labeled and installed with protective sheathing (NO EXCEPTIONS). 180. MOBILE RADIO MODEM INSTALLATION ❑ There shall be one (1) City supplied two way radio modem(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio Installer to be installed to determined at mid. Specific shipping requirements shall be followed. 181. COMPLETE MDC INSTALLATION] A City supplied Mobile Data Computer (MDC), Docking station, Mounting bracket, power supply, antenna, GPS, modem, and all cabling shall be sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed in the center forward area of the dash. Specific shipping requirements shall be followed. 182. RADIO ANTENNA MOUNTS ❑ There shall be (5) antenna - mounting waterproof base(s) with 17 feet of coax cable for communication equipment. Antennas include: AM /FM, GPS and Tri -Band and two spares. One (1) of the mounts shall be located on the cab roof, just to the rear of the officer seat and the additional mount(s) shall be located directly to the left, in the following positions on the cab roof as required. Cables shall be routed to the lower portion of the interior cab cornpartment. 183. ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM V El The primary power distribution shall be located.forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers shall be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers shall be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers shall be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and /or relays shall be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle shall contain battery powered studs for supplying City installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which confown to SAE standards, shall be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices shall be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit: breakers shall be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses shall be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid shall have a direct current rating of 12S percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. 21 -58 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complles? Yes No 184. ,SOLID -STATE CONTROL SYSTEM A solid -state electronics based control system shall be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network shall consist of electronic modules located near their point- of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system shall comply with SAE 31939 -11 recommended practices. The solid -state control system shall operate as a master -slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system shall contain patented software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system shall utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules shall include the following attributes: Green LED indicator light for module power Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field reprogrammable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the control system modules shall meet the following specifications: Module circuit board shall meet SAE 3771 specifications Operating temperature from -40C to +70C Storage temperature from -40C to +70C Vibration to 50g IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC The main controller shall activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. 21 -59: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 185. CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job - specific, computer network input and output (I /0) connections shall be provided with each chassis. The sheets shall indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. 186. ON -BOARD ADVANCED /VISUAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Wl ❑ DIAGNOSTICS The on -board information center shall include the following diagnostic information: Text description of active warning or caution alarms Simplified warning indicators Amber caution light with intermittent alarm Red warning light with steady tone alarm All control system modules, with the exception of the main control module, shall contain on -board visual diagnostic LEDs that assist in troubleshooting. The LEDs shall be enclosed within the sealed, transparent module housing near the face of the module. One LED for each input or output shall be provided and shall illuminate whenever the respective input or output is active. Color -coded labels within the modules shall encompass the LEDs for ease of identification. The LED indicator lights shall provide point of use information for reduced troubleshooting time without the need for an additional computer. 187. ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS I—I An advanced, diagnostic software program shall be provided for this control LJ system. The soft -ware shall provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with a computer. The service and maintenance software shall be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input /output (I /0) information. 188. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE -OUT SYSTEM 0 ❑ A system shall be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. 189. VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM ❑ A voltage monitoring system shall be provided to indicate the status of the LdJ battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system shall provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm shall activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. 190. ENHANCED SOFTWARE 57:10 The solid -state control system shall include the following software enhancements: aff -TiI CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies) Yes i No All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) shall be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights shall remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights shall dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights shall remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights shall dim after ten (10) seconds or Immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. 191. EMI /RFI PROTECTION F] To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system shall meet, at a minimum, SAE 3551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system shall be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus shall have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system shall meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE 31113/25 Region 1, Class C EMIR for 10KHz -1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, shall provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and shall certify that the vehicle meets SAE 3551/2 and SAE 31113125 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz -1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. EMI /RFI susceptibility shall be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system shall be designed for full compatibility with low -level control signals and high - powered two -way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing shall be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI /RFI susceptibility. 192. BATTERY SYSTEM Five (5) 12 volt batteries that include the following features shall be provided: II - 1000 CCA (cold cranking amps) - 185 reserve capacity - High cycle - Maintenance free - Group 31 - Rating of 5000 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit - 925 minutes of reserve capacity - Threaded studs 21 -61 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No 193. ISOLATED BATTERY One (1) 12 volt group 31 battery shall be provided for voltage sensitive components. A battery Isolator that is appropriately suited for the group 31 battery capacity shall be supplied. 194. BATTERY SYSTEM ❑ A single starting system shall be provided. An ignition switch and starter button shall be located on the instrument panel. 195. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH ❑ A master battery switch, to activate the battery system, shall be provided inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. An indicator light shall be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. 196. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS ❑ Batteries shall be stored in well - ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments shall be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold -downs shall be of a non - corrosive material. All bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. Heavy -duty battery cables shall be used to provide maximum power to the electrical system. Cables shall be color - coded. Battery terminal connections shall be coated with anti - corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections shall be encapsulated with semi - permanent rubberized compound. 197. JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color -coded covers shall be installed on the bottom of the driver's side battery box. This shall provide for easy jumper cable access. 198. BATTERY CHARGE6g ❑ There shall be a three stage battery charger provided, Newmar PT40 (NO EXCEPTIONS). A bar graph indicating the state of charge shall be included. The vehicle battery output shall be capable of supplying up to 40 amps for charging the batteries. The battery charger shall be wired to the 120 -volt shoreline to activate automatically when the power is connected. Battery charger location TBD at pre -con. The battery charger indicator shall be located behind the driver's door on the outside of the cab. 199. KWIK EJgCT FOR SHORLLINk A auto eject shoreline shall be provided to operate the dedicated 120 -volt circuits on the truck without the use of a generator. 21 -62 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No The shoreline receptacle shall be installed on the driver's side body fender panel, It shall be provided with a NEMA 5 -15, 120 volt, 15 amp, straight blade auto eject plug and a redweatherproof cover. The cover is spring loaded to close, preventing water from entering when the shoreline is not connected. A solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter is energized when the engine is started. This instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle. The shoreline shall be connected to battery conditioner and outlet. A mating connector body shall also be supplied with the loose equipment. The shoreline receptacle shall be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel next to the battery charger Indicator. The battery shoreline cover shall be red. 200. ALTkRNATOR A Leece Neville alternator shall be provided that has a rated output current of 32.0 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator shall feature an integral, self diagnostic regulator and rectifier. The alternator shall be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy -duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 201. MODIFICATION, ROOF TREADPLATE FOR ANTENNA PI n Cut a 5.00 inch circle out of the roof treadplate for the City's GPS antenna over the office's seating position. 202. ELECT&QNEC LOAD MANAGER El An electronic load management (ELM) system shall be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system shall be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components shall not be allowed. The system shall include the following features: System voltage monitoring. A shed load shall remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. High Idle to not be controlled by the load manager. If enabled: "Load Man Hi -Idle On" shall display on the information center. 21 -63 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No Hi -Idle shall not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. The information center indicates system voltage. The information center includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: ON = not shed SHED = shed 203. SEQUENCER A sequencer shall be provided that automatically activates and deactivates ❑✓ ❑ vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation shall allow a gradual increase or decrease In alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system shall be an Integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components shall not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing shall operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights shall be activated one by one at half - second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators shall flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer shall deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items shall also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half - second intervals: Cab Heater and Air Conditioning Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) Exhaust Fans (if applicable) Third Evaporator (if applicable) 204. EXTERIOR LIGHTINrg f 'sl- (—j l E Exterior lighting shall meet or exceed Federal Department of Transportation, LJ Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and National Fire Protection Association requirements in effect at time of proposal. 21 -64 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No Front headlights shall be halogen, rectangular shape, one (1) pair mounted in each front trim housing. The LED directorial lights shall wrap- around on the outside corners of the trim housing. The headlight and LED directional lights shall be in the sarne. assembly. Five (5) LED clearance and marker lights shall be installed across the leading edge of the cab. 205. WARNING LIGHTS All warning lights shall be Whalen LED. PIr F1 206. WARNING LIGHTS (CAB FACE) W1 El Four (4) LED flashing warning lights shall be installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. The driver's side front outside warning light to be red. The driver's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red. All four (4) lights shall include a colored lens that is the same color of the LED's. All four (4) lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch in the cab on the switch panel. The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set. 207. WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN 11 The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights shall be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern. 208. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, CAB There shall be four (4) lights 20.00" LED weatherproof strip light(s) provided for each cab door. The lights shall be activated automatically when the cab exit doors are opened and by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 209. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, BODY Z El There shall be a total of four (4) 20" LED weatherproof strip lights with brackets provided on the apparatus. The lights shall be mounted in the following locations: two (2) lights shall be provided under the rear step area, and one (1) light shall be provided each side under the pump panel running boards. The lights shall be activated by switch in tine cab. These lights shall meet NFPA requirements for perimeter scene lights. 21 -65 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 210. BACK -UP ALARM A solid -state electronic audible back -up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse shall be provided. The device shall sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust Its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. 211. MANUAL, FIRE APPARATUS PARTS Two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus shall be ❑ ❑ provided in hard copy with the completed unit. One (1) compact disc (CD) shall also be provided that shall include all of the information from the above manual. 212. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE a F1 The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the Internet. 213. MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE Two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on a ❑ major components shall be provided with the completed unit. One (1) compact disk (CD) shall also be provided that shall include all of the Information from the above manual. 214. MANUAL& CHASSIS OPERATION Z ❑ Two (2) chassis operation manuals shall be provided. One (1) compact disk (CD) shall also be provided that shall include all of the information from the above manual. 215. [ELECTRICAL WRITING DIAGRAMS F-1 Two (2) printed copies of the electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, shall be provided. Two (2) copies of the electrical wiring diagrams in the form of CD -ROM shall be provided. 216. AMP DRAW REPQ 0 ❑ The Proposer shall provide, at the time of Proposal and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus shall provide the following: 1) Documentation of die electrical system performance tests. 2) A written load analysis, which shall include the following: A) The nameplate rating of the alternator shall be easily visible when viewing the engine compartment. B) The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). C) The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: POK-11 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies' Yes No Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). D) Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. E) Each individual intermittent load, All of the above listed items shall be provided by the Proposer per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). 217. WATER TANK Booster tank shall have a capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic. Tank joints and seams shall be nitrogen welded inside and out. Tank shall be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements. Baffles shall have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions shall be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and shall extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding. Transverse partitions shall extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions shall interlock and shall be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top shall be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It shall be recessed .38" and shall be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top shall be sufficiently supported to keep it: rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction shall include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels shall be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that is 8.00" long x 8.00" wide x 6.00" deep shall be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump shall include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank shall be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers shall be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers shall be constricted of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank shall "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, shall be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. 21 -67 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No Stops or other provision shall be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system shall be approved by the tank manufacturer. Fill tower shall be constructed of .50" polypropylene and shall be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower shall be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, shall be Installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit below the rear axle. Do not allow water to dump onto rear axle (NO EXCEPTIONS). 218. TANK DRAIN ❑ A 1.50" tank drain shall be installed with a 1.50" ball valve located underneath the left front compartment and properly labeled. 219. HOSE BED a The hose body shall be fabricated of .125" -5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength. The hose body width shall be a minimum of 68.00" inside. The interior of the hose bed shall be unpainted with a DA finish. The upper and rear edges of side panels shall have a double break for rigidity, a split tube finish shall not be acceptable. The upper inside area of the beavertails shall be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to the painted surface when the hose is removed. The flooring of the hose bed shall be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats shall be a minimum of .50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. Hose bed shall accommodate (2) High rise packs, (2) 1 3 /4" Hose Bundles (Stored side by side), 200' of 1.75 ", 600' of 2.5 ", 800' of 4" (Sixteen 50' sections) , tool storage and two backboards. Four (4) adjustable hosebed dividers shall be furnished for separating hose. Each divider shall be constructed of a .25" brushed aluminum sheet. Partition shall be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed. Divider shall be held in place by tightening two (2) bolts, one (1) at each end. Acorn nuts shall be installed on all bolts In the hose bed which have exposed threads. Flat surfaces shall be sanded for uniform appearance, or constructed of brushed aluminum. 21 -68 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 220. BACKBOARD COMPARTMENT (2) City supplied Backboards shall be located in the tool storage area located on the officer side of the hose bed. Backboards shall be stored in the tool storage area and secured on edge for quick deployment. Provide a full height door to enclose tool storage /backboard storage area. 221. DEFLECTOR, HOSE a ❑ A 4" deep aluminum 4 -way hose deflector shall be provided at the rear of the hosebed above the handrail. This deflector shall extend 4.00" to the rear and have a angle support. 222. LIGHTS, BELOW HOSE _BED COVER ❑ Installed below the aluminum hose bed cover shall be four (4) 6.00" diameter lights. Each light shall have a switch located on the light lens. 223. HOSE BED COVER El two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum tread plate shall be furnished. The cover shall be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides shall be slanted down. The cover shall be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover. If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door shall be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors. Chrome grab handles and four (4) gas filled cylinders shall be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is to be provided at the rear, in the center of the support:, to assist in opening the cover. Provide a weather tight lid to enclose the upper storage well. This lid shall not interfere with deluge. When the hose bed cover is in the "closed" position, it shall not interfere with the removal of the four inch supply hose. The hose bed cover shall not touch the four inch hose or couplings when in the "closed" position (NO EXCEPTIONS). 224. HOS;BED RESTRAINT REAR, ❑ There shall be a red vinyl flap installed at the rear of the hose bed, The flap shall be attached to the top hose bed frame with Lift -a -dot fasteners. The Clap shall have straps that loop through footman loops at the bottom of the hose bed and fasten with seat belt buckle fasteners and not weighted. 225. RUNNING BOARDS 91 ❑ Running boards shall be fabricated of .125" bright aluminum treadplate. Each running board shall be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which shall be bolted to the pump compartment substructure. Running boards shall be 12,75" deep and spaced .50" away from the pump panel. 21 -69 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No A splashguard shall be provided above the running board treadplate. 226. TAILBOARD Z El The tailboard shall also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly. The tailboard area shall be 16.00" deep and full width of the body. The exterior side shall be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 227. TOW BAR �I A tow bar shall be installed under the tailboard at center of truck. Tow bar shall be fabricated of 1.00" CRS bar rolled into a 3.00" radius. Tow bar assembly shall be constructed of .36" structural angle. When force is applied to the bar, it shall be transmitted to the frame rail. Tow bar assembly shall be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30- degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull In line with the centerline of the vehicle. Tow bar design shall have been fully tested and evaluated using strain gauge testing and finite element analysis techniques. 228. COMPARTMENTATIION Body and compartments shall be. fabricated of .125', 5052 -H32 aluminum. Side compartments shall be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners shall be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Compartment flooring shall be of the sweep out design with the Floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door opening shall be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection shall be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel. The top of the compartment shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front:, rear and outward side. These covers shall have the corners welded. Side compartment covers shall be separate from the compartment tops. Front facing compartment: walls shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment shall have atom nuts on the ends to prevent injury. 21 -70 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 229. UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load shall be provided. The backbone of the support system shall be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. The support system shall include .375" thick steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails with .625" diameter bolts. Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles shall be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body. A steel frame shall be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure which shall result in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment. The floating substructure shall be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomeric isolators. These Isolators shall reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body. Isolators shall have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. The neoprene isolators shall be installed in a modified V three (3) -point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body. A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis in an unsupported fashion shall not be acceptable. 230. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE 0 ❑ All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas shall comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. 231. LOUVERS Louvers shall be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow Z I—I LJ inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they shall be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. 232. TESTING OF BODY DESIGN � 1:1 Body structural analysis has been fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, stress coating and strain gauging shall be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure. Body shall be tested while loaded to its greatest in- service weight. The criteria used during the testing procedure shall include: 21 -71 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complles? Yes No - Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb, - Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions. - Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road. - Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road. - Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement. Evidence of actual testing techniques shall be made available upon request, 233. COMPARTMiENTATION, DRIVER'S SIDE A full height, roll -up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 27.50" wide x 58.25" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion, The height of the compartment shall be measured from compartment Floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 21.75" wide x 58.25' high. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. A roll -up door compartment over the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 66.50" wide x 25.38" high x 12,00" deep. The height of the compartment shall be measured from compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 58.25" wide x 25.12" high. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. A full height, roll -up door compartment behind the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 47,50" wide x 58.25' high x 12.00" deep. A section of this compartment shall be 25.88" deep for the first 31.50" width x 26.00" height directly behind the rear wheels. The height of the compartment shall be measured from compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The dear door opening of this compartment shall be 44.75' wide x 58.25" high. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. 21 -72 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No 234. COMPARTMENTATION, PASSENGER'S SIDE A full height, roll -up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 27.50" wide x 58.25" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep In the remaining upper portion. The height of the compartment shall be measured from compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 21.75' wide x 58.25" high. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. A roll -up door compartment over the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 66.50" wide x 25.38" high x 12.00" deep. The height of the compartment shall be measured from compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 58.25' wide x 25.12" high. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. A full height, roll -up door compartment behind the rear wheels shall be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment shall be 47.50" wide x 58.25' high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The height of the compartment shall be measured from compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior shall be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment shall be 44.75" wide x 58.25' high. Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. 235. ROLL -UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS F, 71 F, 7 FI Roll -Up doors shall be Gortite (NO EXCEPTIONS). There shall be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors shall be double faced aluminum construction and painted one (1) color to match the lover portion of the body. Lath sections shall be an interlocking rib design and shall be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint shall be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals shall allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit, Side, top and bottom seals shall be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. 21 -73 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No All hinges, barrel dips and end pieces shall be nylon 66. All nylon components shall withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Hardened plastic shall not be acceptable. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll -up door. Lift bar shall be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge shall be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Doors shall be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat shall be flat. The interior surfaces shall be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly shall not exceed 3.00" in diameter. A garage style roll door shall not be acceptable. The header for the roll -up door assembly shall not exceed 4.00 ". A heavy -duty magnetic switch shall be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 236. COMPARTMENTATION, REAR ❑ A roll -up door compartment above the rear tailboard shall be provided. Interior dimensions of this compartment shall be approximately 40.00" wide x 40.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 32.38" of height and 15.75' deep in the remaining upper portion. Depth of the compartment shall be calculated with the compartment door closed. A louvered, removable access panel shall be furnished on the back wall of the compartment. Rear compartment shall be open into the rear side compartments. Clear door opening of this compartment shall be approximately 33.25" wide x 32.38" high. (EXISTING IS 34.5 "WIDE x 36 "HIGH) Closing of the door shall not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and shall easily be accomplished with one hand. 237. ROLL -UP BOOR, RK&R COMPARTMENT � ❑ 'There shall be a rear roll up door. The door shall be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body. Lath sections shall be an interlocking rib design and shall be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint shall be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments, Seals shall allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals shall be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. 21 -74 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No All hinges, barrel dips and end pieces shall be nylon 66. All nylon components shall withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Hardened plastic shall not be acceptable. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll -up door. Lift bar shall be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge shall be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Door shall be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat shall be flat. The interior surface shall be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly shall not exceed 3.00" in diameter. A garage style roll door shall not be acceptable. The header for the roll -up door assembly shall not exceed 4,00 ". A heavy -duty magnetic switch shall be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 238. DOOR GUARD ❑ There shall be six (7) compartment doors that shall include a guard /drip pan designed to protect the roll -up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard shall be fabricated from stainless steel and installed roll up compartments side compartments only.. 239. ROLL -UP DOOR TRIM ❑ The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening shall be painted job color. There shall be six (6) compartments with the trim painted. 240. MOUNTING TRACKS � ❑ There shall be seven (7) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in all compartments. These tracks shall be installed vertically to support: the adjustable shelf(s), and shall be full height of the compartment. The tracks shall be painted to match the compartment Interior. 241. AD314STABLE SHELVES ZV El There shall be 13 shelves with a capacity of 500 pounds provided. The shelf construction shall consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf shall be painted to match the compartment interior. Each shelf shall be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves shall be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. 242. SWING OUT TOOLBOARD ❑ ❑ A swing out aluminum tool board shall be provided. It shall be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame shall be welded to the edge of the pegboard. 21 -75 ; CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No The board shall be mounted on a pivoting device at the front of the compartment on the top and bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load shall be 400 pounds. The board shall have positive lock in the stowed and extended position. The board shall be mounted stationary within the compartment. There shall be One (1)toolboard provided, shall be painted to match compartment interior. Location TBD at pre- construction meeting. 243. SMOOTH ALUMINUM COMPARTMENT ❑ There shall be a quantity of two (2) painted smooth aluminum `� compartment(s). Two butterfly latches per door shall be provided. The butterfly latches shall be installed (1) forward (1) rear ward. The compartment(s) shall be 14.00" wide x 10.00" high x 145.25" long. The box shall be provided with a aluminum tread plate doors with handles. The compartment shall be painted job color. The compartment(s) shall have LED compartment light strips running horizontally along the inboard edge of the inside of the compartment. 244. MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR ❑ Dri -Deck rubber compartment matting shall be provided in seven (7) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, all compartments. The Dri-Deck shall be black, and .562" thick with holes in the decking to allow air to flow. The leading edge of the matting shall include the beveled edge. 245. MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING Dri -Deck rubber compartment matting shall be provided in 13 shelves. The � ❑ locations are, all shelves. The Dri -Deck shall be black, and .562" thick with holes in the ded<ing to allow air to flow. 246. PARTITION,l[RANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT ❑ Two (2) partitions shall be bolted in place to separate driver and passenger side rear comparbnents from the rear tailboard compartment. 247. RUB RAIL ❑ Bottom edge of the side compartments shall be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim shall be approximately 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails shall not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. 248. BODY FEN DER CROWNS FZ ❑ Stainless steel fender crowns shall be provided around the rear wheel openings. 21 -76 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No A rubber welting shall be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. 249. HANDRAILS ❑ The handrails shall be 1.25" diameter anodized aluminum extrusion, with a ribbed design, to provide a positive gripping surface. Chrome plated end stanchions shall support the handrail. Plastic gaskets shall be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. Drain holes shall be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. - Four (4) handrails shall be provided with one above the driver side pump panel, one above the passenger side pump panel, and one on each side on the front body bulkhead. - One (1) vertical handrail, not less than 29.00" long, shall be located on each rear beavertail. - One (1) full width horizontal handrail shall be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus. - Three (3) handrails shall be provided mounted one on the drivers side and passengers side on top of the rear catwalk for climbing on and off of the treadplate hosebed cover. One on the P.S. front body side sheet to hold on when packing hose in the crosslay.. 250. HANDRAILS (INTERIOR CREW CAB DQOR5) ❑ The handrails shall be provided on each interior crew cab door pan. The handrails shall be mounted at a 45 degree angle. These are in place of the standard crew cab door handles. 251. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE ❑ All air bottle storage shall accommodate (45) minute SCBA cylinders. 252. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (SINGLE BOTTLE) ❑ A total of three (3) air bottle compartments shall be provided and located fore and aft left side, front right side. The air bottle compartment shall be In the form of a round tube (7.63" diameter minimum) and of adequate depth to accommodate different size air bottles. Flooring shall be rubber lined and have a drain hole, A stainless steel door with a chrome - plated latch shall be provided to contain the air bottle, A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. 253. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (DOUBLE) � ❑ A total of one (1) air bottle compartment shall be provided. right side behind rear axle. Each air bottle compartment shall be of adequate size to accommodate two (2) air bottles. Flooring shall be rubber lined and be. furnished with a drain hole. A stainless steel door with a chrome plated latch shall be provided to contain the air bottles. A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet: metal. 21 -77 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 254. EXTENSION LADDER (1) Duo - Safety 24', two (2) section, aluminum extension ladder provided. 255. OR OF LADDER 0 ❑ (1) Duo - Safety 14' aluminum roof ladder provided. 256. LADDER STORAGE ❑ The ladders shall be stored between the water tank and the passenger's side compartments. The ladders shall extend into the pump compartment just to the rear of the water pump discharges. The ladder storage area shall be enclosed as practical by means of sheet metal to protect the ladders from road dirt. The ladders that extend into the pump house shall also be enclosed. A black rubber boot shall be provided to enclosed the ladders in the gap between the pump house and the body. Each ladder shall be stored vertically on beam with the fly section facing inward in a separate stainless steel storage trough. Each stainless steel trough shall be lined with nylon slides. A bright aluminum tread plate enclosure shall be provided at the rear of the body to properly contain the ladder. This enclosure shall extend to the rear of the side body compartments. The enclosure shall also include a vertically hinged smooth aluminum door with a D- handle latch to access the ladders. 257. FOLDING LADDER One (1) aluminum, 10' folding ladder shall be installed in a U- shaped trough I el �I ❑ inside the ladder storage compartment. 258. PIKE POLE, SO' 1:1 One (1) pike pole, 10' long Gator Back Hook, shall be provided and located in the ladder compartment. 259, PIKE POLE, 6' (1) pike pole, 6' long Gator Back Hook, shall be provided and located in El the ladder compartment. 260. PIKE POLE STORAGE ❑ Aluminum tubing shall be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles and shall L� I be located in the ladder compartment. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuff plate shall be provided. 261. STEPS (4) Steps shall be provided on the driver's side and officer's side front bulkhead area of the body. The steps shall be a bright finished folding type with a light at each step. 262. REAR FOLDING STEM a ❑ Chrome folding steps and corner steps shall be provided at the rear. All steps shall provide adequate Surface for stepping. U&I-d■ CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 263. PLATFORM, SLIDE -OUT 77F 7F7 Two (2) slide -out platforms shall be provided one each side of the pump compartment. The capacity rating shall be 500 Ibs in the extended position. Automatic locks shall be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions, The trip mechanism for the locks shall be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. When the maxi -brake has been released, an audible alarm and flashing light shall be provided in the cab to indicate the slide -out platforms are not stowed. 264. MAIN FIRE PUMP, WATEROUS � El A Waterous 1500 GPM pump, single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type pump shall be Installed (NO EXCEPTIONS). Pump shall be the class "A" type. Pump shall deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. - 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. - 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Pump body shall be close - grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two (2) sections for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings). Pump shall be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping. Pump case halves shall be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges shall be used. Discharge manifold of the pump shall be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and shall provide a minimum of three (3) 3.50" openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency. The three (3) 3.50" openings shall be located as follows: one (1) outlet to the right of the pump, one (1) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (1) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold. Impeller shaft shall be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It shall be supported at each end by sealed, anti- friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller shall have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply. Bearings shall be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings shall be used. Pump shall be equipped with a self - adjusting, maintenance -free, mechanical shaft seal. 21 -79 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH . Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No The mechanical seal shall consist of a Flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring shall press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body. In addition, a throttling ring shall be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance shall not deteriorate, nor shall the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation. Wear rings shall be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. 265. PUMP TRANSMISSION, - WATEROUS Pump transmission shall be made of aluminum with a horizontally split casing. Power transfer to pump shall be by high strength silent chain. Drive shafts shall be a minimum of 2,35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel. All shafts shall be ball bearing supported. The case is to be designed as to eliminate the need for water cooling. 266. AIR PUMP SHIFT, LOCATION TOD (1 PRE -CON Pump shift engagement shall be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back -up shift control shall also be located on the driver's side pump panel. Two (2) indicator lights shall be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light shall indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged ". The second green light shall indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light shall be labeled "ok to pump ". Another green indicator light shall be installed adjacent to the hand throttle on the pump panel and indicate either the pump is engaged and the road transmission is in pump gear, or the road transmission is in neutral and the pump is not engaged. This indicator light shall be labeled "Warning: Do not open throttle unless light is on ". The pump shift control in the cab shall be illuminated to meet: NFPA requirements. 267. TRANSMISSION LOCK -UP f—I The direct gear transmission lock -up for the fire pump operation shall engage lJ automatically when the pump shift control, in the cab, is activated. 268. AUXILIARYCOOLING�VSV �EN �I A supplementary heat exchange cooling system shall be provided to allow the L _J use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine. Fleat exchanger shall be cylindrical type and shall be a separate unit. It shall be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger shall be plumbed to the master drain valve. 99 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 269. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE z El A relief valve shall be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. Relief valve shall have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. Outlet shall terminate below the framerails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and shall have a "do not cap" warning tag. Control shall be located behind an access door at the right (passenger's) side pump panel. 270. RELIEF VALVE ❑ An adjustable relief valve, specially designed for fire service, shall be provided. Valve shall be positive, quick acting, and include an instantaneous on /off control. When in the off position, the relief valve shall functionally be removed from the system. When turned back to the on position, the relief valve shall again monitor and maintain the previous pressure setting. Control for adjusting pressure shall be elliptical shaped for positive grip. An easily removable pilot valve strainer shall be provided and be accessible from the pump operator's panel, Two (2) indicator lights shall be furnished, showing the position of the relief valve (amber for open and green for closed). 271. PRIME An electric pump priming system shall be furnished with the apparatus. It ❑ shall consist of a rotary vane priming pump, driven by a 12 volt electric motor. The primer shall be oil -less. All rotating parts of the pump shall be made of corrosion resistant aluminum, stainless steel, or laminated phenolic. Pump cylinder shall be made of aluminum alloy, hard anodized and Teflon coated, for corrosion resistance and long life. The primer shall be built by the manufacturer of the fire pump. A control located at the pump control panel shall operate the primer. When dry, the pump system shall be capable of taking suction through 20 feet of hard suction hose and discharging water in not more than the time allowed by current NFPA 1901 standard. Also, rated capacity of the pump shall be achieved at the lift stated in current: NFPA 1901 standard table. 272. RECIRCULATING LINE rl r A .50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, shall be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. 273. THERMAL RELIEF VALVE A Waterous Overheat Protection Manager (OPM) shall be mounted on the t� fit � I-1 0 water pump. The OPM shall consist of a valve that opens and discharges to the ground when the water in the pump reaches 140 F and a warning light 21 -81 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No that is triggered when the water in the pump reaches 180 F. The warning light shall act as an additional protection device if the temperature in the pump keeps rising after the valve opens. The warning light with a test switch shall be mounted on the pump operator panel. 274. PUMP MANUALS Two (2) pump manuals from the pump manufacturer shall be furnished in ❑ compact disc format and printed format delivered with the apparatus. Manuals shall cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 275. PLUMBING All inlet and outlet plumbing, 3.00" and smaller, shall be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with high - tensile polyester braid. If hose is used, it must have a minimum burst rating of 1,000 psi and be equipped with high pressure couplings. Larger inlets and outlets shall be threaded or welded black iron pipe. Small diameter secondary plumbing such as drain lines shall be stainless steel, brass or hose. Where vibration or chassis Flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping shall be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. All lines to drain through either a master drain valve or shall be equipped with Individual drain valves. All individual drain lines for discharges shall be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines shall be of flexible polypropylene tubing.. 276. MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet shall be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets shall include screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. The main pump inlets shall have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap shall incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (no exception) 277. INLET VALVES WITH INTAKE RELIEF VALVE Two (2)Task Force Tips Model AB1 ST -NX ball intake valve shall be installed on the both main pump inlets. The valves shall be located outside the pump panel. The intake valve shall have a 4.00" NST connection by 6.00" female NST swivel. Valves shall be manually actuated, with a handwheel. The valve shall include an adjustable relief. 278. VALVES All ball valves shall be Akron Brass in -line valves. The Akron valves shall be hl `v 1 the 8000 series heavy -duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two - seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves shall have a ten (10) year warranty. 21 -82 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 279. INLET (LEFT SIDE) On the left side pump panel shall be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction shall be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 280. INLET (RIGHT SIDE) Z El On the right side pump panel shall be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction shall be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. Inlet valve location shall be outside of the pump panel. 281. INLET (REAR) Provide a rear inlet on the driver's side rear using 3" stainless steel piping. Rear inlet shall be located below the driver's side rear discharge. A 3" chrome plated elbow, 4" chrome plated increaser with female swivel and chrome plated cap shall be provided. 282. ANODE, INLET A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes shall be provided in the water pump inlets to Fv ❑ protect the pump from corrosion. 283. INLETCONTROL❑ F1 Control for the side auxiliary inlets) shall be located at the inlet valve. 284:. INLET (Front) A chrome plated 4.00 "swivel front inlet with die cast zinc screens shall be ❑ provided using 5.00" stainless steel pipe and a 5.00" butterfly valve. Only radiused elbows shall be used in the piping, no mitered joints. Drains are furnished in all the low points of piping and have .75" valves with swing handle (NO EXCEPTIONS). A bleeder valve shall be located at the threaded connection and located on top of the bumper next to the front section. The front suction shall be located on the passenger side of the bumper extension. 285. CONTROL, FRONT INLET The front suction shall be gated with an electric operated control located at the pump operators panel. The controller shall allow the valve to be gated for ease of operation. The controller shall have individual red, yellow and green lights to show the valve position. A manual override shall be provided on the valve and located behind a stainless steel access door, located on the passenger side pump panel. A manual override switch shall be provided next to the stainless steel access door, The switch shall cut off power to the valve, making turning the manual override on the valve much safer. Manual override shall be in an easily accessible location, PJE -193 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 286. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An intake relief valve, preset at 125 prig, shall be installed on the inlet side of the valve, Relief valve shall have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig, Outlet shall terminate below the frame rails. The front inlet shall have National Standard hose threads with a long handle chrome plated cap. The cap shall incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected (NO EXCEPTIONS). The front suction shall have a 4.00" swivel with National Standard hose threads and a long handle chromed plated cap. The swivel shall have a smooth surface chrome finish. 287. INLET BLEEDER VALVES A .75" bleeder valve shall be provided for each side gated inlet and rear inlet. The valves shall be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles shall be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle shall provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage, The water discharged by the bleeders shall be routed below the chassis frame rails. 288. TANK TO PUS ❑ The booster tank shall be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump line shall run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling shall be included In this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve shall be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. 289. TANK REFILL ❑ A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re- circulation line shall be provided, v u using a quarter -turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 290. DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Left Side There shall be two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. The discharge outlets shall be horizontally spread 24" apart. 291. DISCHARGE OUTLET,. 2.5" LRiaht Sicjgl ® ❑ There shall be one (1) 2.5" discharge Outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" male National Standard hose thread adapter. Discharge outlets on right side shall be horizontally spread 24" apart. aff-V CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 292. DISCHARGE OUTLET, 4.00" (RIGHT SIDE) There shall be one (1) 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with male a 4.00" National Standard hose thread_ adapter. This discharge outlet shall be actuated with a handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel. The 2.5" and 4" discharge outlets on the right side shall be horizontally spread 24" apart. An indicator shall be provided to show when the valve is in the closed position. 293. DISCHARGE OUTLET (FRONT) El shall be a 1.50" gated discharge swivel outlet plumbed to the lower portion of the tray in the driver's side front bumper extension. The swivel outlet shall be centered near the bottom in the selected tray. The discharge shall have a 90- degree swivel and terminate with 1,50" NHT. Plumbing shall consist of 2.00" piping with a 2.00" full flow ball valve controlled at the pump operator's panel. Manual swing lever ball valve style drains shall be provided at all low points in the plumbing. No automatic drains shall be used (NO EXCEPTIONS). 294. DISCHARGE OUTLET (REAR) There shall be one (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, on F] driver's side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches and gated wye. Plumbing shall consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. 295. DISCHARGE CAPS ❑ Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains shall be furnished for all side discharge outlets. The cap shall incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (NO EXCEPTION) 296. OUTLET BLEEDERS ® ❑ A .75" bleeder valve shall be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger, Automatic drain valves are not acceptable. The valves shall be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles shall be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle shall provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders shall be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They shall be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders shall be routed below the chassis frame rails and body. 297. EBOWS,LEFT SIDE OUTLE ❑ The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the left side pump panel, shall be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow shall incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. (NO EXCEPTIONS) W011 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 298. ELBOWS, RIGHT SIDE OUTLETS The 2.50" and 4" discharge outlets, located on the right side pump panel, shall be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) and the 4.00" outlet shall be furnished with a 4,00 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00 "(M) reduced to a 2.50" outlet. The elbow shall incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure In the line when disconnected, (NO EXCEPTIONS) 299. DISCHARGE DRAIN VALVES Provide a manual style swing handle drain in all low plumbing points that would normally have automatic drains. 300. DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets shall Incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism shall indicate the position of the valve. If a hand wheel control valve is used, the control shall be a minimum of a 6.25" diameter chrome plated hand wheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the hand wheel. 301. DELUGE RISER a A 3.00" deluge riser shall be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping shall be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser shall be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel. The outlet shall include a valve with a hand wheel control. 302. TELESCOPIC PIPING n 0 n The deluge riser piping shall include a 12.00" extension - TFT Extend -A -Gun. i � 1 This extension shall be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 12.00" increasing the range of operation. A position sensor shall be provided on the telescopic piping that shall activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. 303. MONITOR n An Akron Apollo Monitor shall be properly installed on the deluge riser. This �' monitor shall include both a fixed mounting base and a portable base with a 4" inlet. The monitor and base shall be painted job color. 304. YQ.N1TQR NOZZLE A TFT Nozzle -Auto Flow Master 150 -1250 GPM manual pattern control master stream nozzle shall be provided. Also included is an Elkhart ST -194 Quad stack tips and 282A shaper. The deluge riser shall have a 3.00" four (4) -bolt flange for mounting the monitor. aQry CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Com Iles? Yes No The location of lube joints shall be determined at the pre - construction meeting. 305. CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS. J.50" Each cross lay shall have corresponding manual swing handle style drain. El Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets shall be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 250' of 1.75" single stack and shall be plumbed with 2,00" W. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve, Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay controls shall be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers shall be fabricated of .25" aluminum and shall provide adjustment from side to side. The divider shall be unpainted with a brushed finish. Vertical scuffplates, constructed of stainless steel, shall be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle, Crosslay bed flooring shall consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 306. CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS, 2.50" ❑✓ ❑ 2.50" cross lay shall have a swing handle style drain. One (1) crosslay with 2.50" outlets shall be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200' of 2.5" single stack and shall be plumbed with 2.50" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2,50" quarter turn ball valve. Outlets to be equipped with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay controls shall be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers shall be fabricated of .25" aluminum and shall provide adjustment from side to side. The divider shall be unpainted with a brushed finish. The remainder of the crosslay bed shall be painted job color. Stainless steel vertical scuffplates shall be provided at hose bed ends (each side of vehicle). Bottom of hose bed ends (each side) shall also be equipped with a stainless steel scuffplate. Crosslay bed flooring shall consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 307. HOSE RESTRAENT S. DES One (1) vinyl cover shall be provided on each end of crosslay beds to secure ❑ the hose during travel. There shall be one cover provided across each end to cover the entire end regardless of the number of beds covered. Color shall be red. 21 -87 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No To secure hose during travel, vinyl end skirts with seat belt buckle style latches shall be provided. 308. CROSSLAY HOSE RESTRAINT 17 EJ An aluminum treadplate cover, hinged at the front shall be installed over the top of the crosslay /deadlay(s). It shall include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface. The cover shall be provided with no stay arm device hold open device. 309. CROSSLAY HEIGHT v/ The height of the crosslay hose bed shall be as low as possible for ease of deployment. 310. SPECIAL HEIGHT CROSSLAY DIVIDER ❑ The crosslay divider shall be 24.00" in height. 311. CROSSLAY ROLLER El stainless steel roller shall be mounted horizontally across the bottom of each crosslay bed to aid in hose removal. 312. CROSSLAYS ❑ The front crossiay divider shall be reinforced with 3/16" aluminum treadplate to add strength and to prevent movement. The treadplate shall span from the top edge of the front crosslay divider down the front of the body as far as practical. 313. CROSSLAY SCUFFPLATE ❑ The front and rear crosslay walls, (dividers not included), shall be lined with f brushed stainless steel scuffplates. Scuffplates shall be unpainted. 314. EQAM PRL)PORTIONER a ❑ A foam proportioning system shall be provided that is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operation shall be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system shall automatically proportion foam solution at rates from A percent to 3.0 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump. The design of the system shall allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. 315. SYSTEM CAPACITY ❑ The system shall have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent 300 gpm @ 1 percent piiE.Ii1111111 CITY OF (NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 600 gpm @ 0.5 percent Class A foam setting in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, .5 percent- and .3 percent (maximum capacity shall be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity). 316. CONTROL SYSTEM ❑ The system shall be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls shall be integrated into the panel to turn the system on /off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes. The percent of injection shall have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection shall be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands. Three (3) .50 tall LEDs shall display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs shall also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs shall indicate various system operation or error states. The indications shall be: Solid Green — System On Solid Red — Valve Position Error Solid Yellow — Priming System Flashing Green — Injecting Foam Flashing Red — Low Tank Level Flashing Yellow — Refilling Tank The control display shall house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the - position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor shall compare the values of the water flow versus the position /rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve shall be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. 317. HYDRAULIC DRIVE SYSTEM, ❑ The foam concentrate pump shall be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor shall be integrated into one (1) unit. 318. FOAM CONCENTRATE Pt➢M� I �I ❑ The foam concentrate pump shall be of positive displacement, self - priming; LJ linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump shall be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum shall be present in its construction. A relief system shall be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump 21 -89 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes I No The foam concentrate pump shall have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR -AFFF. The system shall deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank, Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump shall be self - priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails. 319. EXTERNAL FOAM CONCENTRATE CONNECTION An external foam pick -up shall be provided to enable use of a foam agent that Wl El is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick -up shall be designed to allow continued operation after the on -board foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank. 320. PANEL MOUNTED EXTERNAL PICK -UP CONNECTION I VALVE 0 R A bronze three (3) -way valve shall be provided. The unit shall be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit shall function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick -up shall be one (1) .75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap. 321. PICK -UP HOSE /I R A .75" flexible hose with an end for insertion Into foam containers shall be F provided. The hose shall be supplied with a .75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose shall be shipped loose. 322. DISCHARGES The foam system shall be plumbed to five (5) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam shall be front, two 1.75" one 2.5" crosslay, rear 2.5 ". 323. SYSTEM ELECTRICAL LOAD I i I The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system shall be no more LJ than 55 amperes at 12 VDC. 324. REFILL, DUAL FOAM TANKS n The foam system's proportioning pump shall be used to fill the foam �I tanks. This shall allow use of the auxiliary foam pick -up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foarn tank. A foam shut -off switch shall be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation shall be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportloner pump is filling the tank, the controller shall display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump shall stop and the controller shall shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED shall illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then tilling shall commence. P40181 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PAMPER Complies? Yes No 325. FOAM SYSTEM TRAINING The fire department shall order [Vehicle, Qty, Training, D] with this foam system. The operation of the foam system shall be demonstrated at the plant where the apparatus was manufactured. This demonstration shall include: - A review of the foam system manual, emphasizing key areas - A walk around review of the system components on the finished truck - A hands -on foam system start -up and foam discharge session - Instructions on the use of the manual overrides - A demonstration explaining the proper way to shutdown and Flush the foam system. 326. FOAM TANKS ❑ (2) 20 gallon foam tanks shall be provided designated as "A" and "B ". The foam tank shall be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell shall have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank shall be Fire Aid 2000. The foam cell shall not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell shall have a screen in the Hill dome and a breather in the lid, 327. FOAM TANK DRAIN El system of 1.00" foam tank drains shall be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer shall 1.00" diameter. The foam system controller shall have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer shall be usable as a tank drain mode. An adaptor shall be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose shall be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode shall allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re -fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. 326. F., QAM GENERATING SYSTEM. CAF, ❑ A 200 (NO EEXCEPTION) CFM capacity compressed air foam system compressor shall be provided. The system shall supply five discharges. It shall be capable of providing foam solution or compressed air foam from any of the specified CAFS discharges simultaneously. In addition, the consistency of the compressed air foam from each discharge shall be adjustable. All CAF capable discharges shall have the discharge valve control, air injection control, and discharge pressure gauge mounted in a group on the operator's panel. Each CAF capable discharge shall feature a check valve to prevent reverse flows of compressed air- foam. The check valve shall be integrated into the discharge valve. The check valve shall be a type and design approved by the manufacturer of the discharge valve. 21 -91 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No Electric valves and panel mounted switches shall be provided as the air injection controls for the discharges. 329. DISCHARGES TO CAF CAPABLE Z El The front two 1.75" crosslays, 2.5" crosslay, 1.75" front bumper line and rear 2.5" discharge shall be capable of discharging compressed air foam. 330. AIR COMPESSOR,CAF 1:1 An oil flooded rotary screw compressor rated at 200 cfm up to pressures of 150 psi shall be provided. The compressor shall be mounted between the chassis frame rails. The compressor shall be driven by the vehicle transmission through a clutch type PTO. All components of the system shall be sized and rated for the system to deliver compressed air, uninterrupted, for up to six (6) hours at a time without undue stresses, vibrations, or overheating. The air compressor shall be capable of delivering the rated capacity of the compressor when the fire pump is delivering 400 gpm @ 125 psi from tank or draft. 331. AIR OIL SEPARATION (IN TANK),CAF ❑ The air /oil separation system for the compressor system shall be easily serviced. The separation system shall be inside the air /oil receiver tank. The separation system shall consist of two stages. The first- stage shall be mechanical and engineered into the tank. The second stage shall be a removable element arrangement:. The allowable oil carry over shall be no more than 10 parts per million oil in air. 332. RECEIVERTANK,CAF W1 El A steel air /oil receiver tank shall be provided. The receiver shall be ASME code approved rated at a minimum of 200 psig working pressure. It shall be equipped with an ASME air pressure relief valve. The receiver shall be equipped with a fill cap and easily readable sight glass. The tank shall be mounted in a manner that allows easy access to the fill opening and the level sight glass. Either a vertical or horizontal type is acceptable. The tank shall be equipped with a minimum pressure valve that prevents the tank pressure from falling below 70 psi during running conditions, The minimum pressure valve shall be rotatable to facilitate different discharge arrangements from the tank. 333. OIL FILTER / THERMOSTAT,CAF ❑ The compressor lubricant shall be filtered by spin on type filter. The filter shall have a 25 micron rating and a safety bypass valve. The filter assembly shall be mounted and located in a manner that allows easy service. A thermostat valve shall be integrated into the oil filter assembly's housing. The thermostat shall route lubricant to the oil cooler to maintain the compressor's temperature between minimum and maximum limits. 334. QIL CQOLER,CAF ❑ A brazed plate stainless steel water /oil cooler shall be provided to cool the compressor oil. The cooler shall be sized to meet the duty cycle requirements as specified. The oil cooler shall use water from the vehicle fire pump as the cooling medium and shall be protected from freezing by adequate drains and other means. 21 -92 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 335. WATER STRAINER.CAF The feed water to the water /oil cooler shall be filtered by a basket type bronze and stainless steel strainer. The strainer shall be mounted in an area that is readily accessible. If required the strainer shall be a shared strainer with a foam proportioning system. 336. AIR CLEANER.CAF A heavy duty, automotive type, dry element air cleaner shall be provided. The air cleaner shall be mounted in such a manner as to be easily serviced. The air cleaner shall be mounted, or the inlet of the filter routed, in such a manner that the air cleaner intakes fresh air from outside the vehicle body. 337. OIL HOSES.CAF ® ❑ The compressor lube / cooling oil, wet air discharge to the receiver tank, and L� the dry discharge air to the system air manifold shall be carried in wire braided hydraulic hose. The hose shall be SAE 100111 specification single braid hose. 338. CONTROL TUBING.CAF ❑ The compressor controls shall be plumbed with color coded, high temperature, push to connect, flexible tubing. The tubing color code shall be: Red - Air pressure (to gauges and to pressure controllers Blue - Modulated air (from controllers to compressor inlet valve) Green - Pilot pressure (pressure to activate receiver vent valve) White / Translucent (oil scavenge from separator back to compressor) Black - Water pilot pressure (water pressure to balance valve) 339. COMPRESSOR SYSTEM CONTROLS: � ❑ The compressor system shall have operators controls at the pump panel for the following functions: AUTO (Automatic pressure regulation, to match the compressor discharge pressure to the pump discharge pressure.) MANUAL (Fixed pressure regulation, to set the air pressure at on pressure for the use of air tools, etc.) Air flow meter display PTO engagement switch PTO engaged indicator light Compressor temperature gauge Compressor over temperature light The air compressor's PTO engagement shall be prevented at compressor pressures above 30 psi at compressor re -start. The air compressor shall be controlled by a modulating inlet valve mounted on the air compressors Inlet port. A controller shall be provided that senses air pressure and controls the delivery volume of the air compressor while maintaining a constant pressure. The controller shall feature an automatic pressure balancing system 21 -93 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes I No to maintain the air pressure within minus 0% to plus 10% of the disch pressure of the fire pump, throughout a pressure range of 60psi to 175psi. 340. AIR OUTLET.CAF F] A 1.00" air outlet supplied by the foam system compressor shall be provided on one of the pump panels. This outlet shall have a chrome plated 1.0" FNST swivel fitting at the panel and a valve behind the pump panel. The outlet shall be capable of supplying the capacity of the compressor. A mating 1.0" MNST x 1.0" NPT fitting shall be supplied with loose equipment. 348. INTERLOCK, CAFE AIR INJECTION An interlock shall be provided to prevent actuation of a given air injection valve until such time as the water discharge valve has been opened. This interlock shall be accomplished by way of a pressure switch In each CAF discharge pipe that senses that a given discharge has been opened. A total of five discharges shall be interlocked. The interlocked dishcharges shall be front, two 1.75" cross 342. PUMP COMPARTMENT a The pump compartment shall be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It shall be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards. The pump compartment shall be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels shall be removable from the chassis in a single assembly. 343. FIRE PUMP MOUNIINO V Pump shall be mounted to a substructure which shall be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting shall allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. 344. FIRE PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Side Control) Pump panel layout will be approved by the fire department before construction including side discharge locations. All pump controls and gauges shall be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly marked. The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side is removable with lift and turn type fasteners. The left (driver's) side is fastened with screws. The control panels shall be 48.00" wide. The gauge and control panels shall be two (2) separate panels for ease of maintenance. The side gauge panel shall be hinged at the bottom with a full length stainless steel hinge. The fasteners used to hold the panel in the upright position shall be quarter turn type. Vinyl covered cable or chains shall be used to hold the gauge panel in the dropped position. 21 -94 CITY OF (NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No Polished stainless steel trim collars shall be installed around all inlets and outlets. All push /pull valve controls shall have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push /pull control rods shall be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push /pull valve controls shall be capable of locking in any position. The control rods shall pull straight out of the panel and shall be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. The identification tag for each valve control shall be recessed in the face of the tee handle. All discharge outlets shall have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding shall include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge. All line pressure gauges shall be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the Identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags shall be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and identification bezels shall be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws. 345. PULP PANEL CONFIGURATION 0 The pump panel configuration shall be neat and orderly. Shall be confirmed at L_I pre - construction meeting. 346. (PUMP PANEL, RADIO SPEAKER � ❑ A weatherproof radio speaker and enclosure shall be provided on the driver side pump panel bulkhead with an "On " / "OfY'switch. 347. PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels shall be constructed of stainless steel with a L� L brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding shall be provided on both sides of the pump panel. The passenger's side pump panel shall be removable and fastened with swell type fasteners. 348. PUMP PANEL GAUGES 6ND CONTROLS � ❑ 'The following shall be provided on the pump and gauge panels in a neat and orderly fashion: - Fuel Gauge - Engine Oil Pressure Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Engine Water Temperature Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Tachometer: Electric - Master Pump Drain Control - Voltmeter - Engine Throttle 21 -95 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No Active only when pump is in gear. - Stop Engine Warning Indicator Light 349. AIR HORN SWITCH An air horn control switch shall be provided at the pump operator's control ❑ panel. This switch shall be red and properly labeled and put within easy reach of the operator in the electrical switch panel. 350. GAUGES, VACUUM and PRESSURE ❑ The pump vacuum and pressure gauges shall be liquid filled. The gauges shall be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and shall have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -600 #. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges shall be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections shall be provided at the pump operator's panel. One shall be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They shall have 0,25 in, standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They shall be marked with a label. 351. PRESSURE GAUGES ❑ All pressure gauges shall have brass housings (NO EXCEPTIONS). I�1 The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges shall be interlube filled, a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering. Gauges shall be compound type with a vacuum /pressure range of 30.00 " -0- 600#. The individual pressure gauge shall be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. 352. WATER LEVEL GAUGE ® ❑ An electronic water level gauge shall be provided on the operator's panel that registers water level by means of five colored LED lights, The lights shall be durable, ultra- bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The water level indicators shall be as follows: - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light shall Flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights shall flash sequentially when the water tank is empty. 21 -96 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No The level measurement shall be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display shall be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design shall provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer shall be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level, 353. WATER LEVEL GAUGE, CAB SIDES There shall be two (2) additional water level indicator, LED module, installed driver's and officer's side. This light module shall include four (4) colored levels, and function similar to the water level indicator located at the operators panel; ® First green module indicates a full water level. a Second blue module indicates a water level above 3/4 full. o Third amber module indicates a water level above 1/2 full. o Last red module indicates a water level above 1/4 full and empty. • Above 1/4 this light shall be steady burning. • At empty this light shall be flashing. This module shall be activated when the pump Is In gear. 354. FOAM LEVEL GAUGE An electronic foam level gauge shall be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights shall be durable, ultra -bright five LED design viewable through 1.80 degrees. The foam level indicators shall be as follows: - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light shall flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights shall Flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty. The level measurement shall be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display shall be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design shall provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer shall be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display shall be 21 -97 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No able to be calibrated in the field and shall measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. 355. LIGHT SHIELD There shall be a polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield shall be installed ❑ over the pump operators panel. • There shall be three (3) 18.00" LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights shall be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights shall be included every 18,00" depending on the size of the pump house. • One (1) pump panel light shall come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. The remaining lights to be actuated from a switch located on the pump panel. There shall be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. There shall be a green pump engaged indicator light activated on at the operator's panel when the pump is shifted into gear from inside the cab. 356. ADDITIONAL LIGHT SHIELD 7 ❑ An additional polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield shall be provided above passenger's side pump panel. m There shall be three (3) 18.00" white LED light strips installed under the light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. The lights shall be operated from a switch on the pump panel. 357. ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION ❑ ❑ To ensure rugged dependability, all 12 -volt wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the following specifications: SAE 31128 - Low tension primary cable SAE 31292 - Automobile, truck, truck- tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring SAE 3163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips SAE 32202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on- highway trucks NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fre apparatus FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses SAE 31939 - Serial communications protocol SAE J2030 - Heavy -duty electrical connector performance standard W001.i CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No SAE 32223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses NEC - National Electrical Code SAE J561 - Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type SAE 3928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A Wiring shall be run in loom where exposed, and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring shall be color, function and number coded. Wire colors shall be Integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Harnessing containing multiple wires and uses a single wire color for all wires shall not be allowed. Function and number codes shall be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" Intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors shall be enclosed within an expandable rubber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire connectors shall be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines: All wire ends not placed Into connectors shall be sealed with a heat shrink end cap. Wires without a terminating connector or sealed end cap shall not be allowed. All holes made in the roof shall be caulked with silicon (NO EXCEPTIONS). Large fender washers, liberally caulked, shall be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area shall be mrnmted in a manner that shall not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area shall be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance shall be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire shall be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. Corrosion preventative compound shall be applied to non - waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non - waterproof connections shall require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug. Any lights containing non - waterproof sockets in a weather - exposed area shall have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. All electrical terminals in exposed areas shall have DOW 1890 protective Coating applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. Rubber coated metal clamps shall be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails. Heat shields shall be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist, Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust shall be protected by a heat shield. All braided wire harnesses shall have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. 21 -99 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 358. BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION Tu All 12 -volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to the following requirements: SAE 31127 - Battery Cable SAE 3561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type SAE 3562 - Nonmetallic loom SAE 3836A - Automotive metallurgical joining SAE 31292 - Automotive truck, truck-tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring NFPA 1901 - Standard for automotive fire apparatus Battery cables and battery cable harnessing shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines: All battery cables and battery harnesses shall have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. Splices shall not be allowed on battery cables or battery cable harnesses. For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables shall be color coded. All positive battery cables shall be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of the cable. All negative battery cables shall be black in color. For ease of identification, all positive battery cable isolated studs throughout the cab and chassis shall be red in color. For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus shall be coated to prevent corrosion. 359. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSMLLATION ❑ ❑ All lighting used on the apparatus shall be, at a minimum, a two (2) wire light grounded through a wired connection to the battery system. Lights using an apparatus metal structure for grounding shall not be allowed. An operational test shall be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests shall be recorded and provided to the City at time of delivery. 360. gj LIGHTS Z El Four (4) LED, step lights shall be provided. One (1) step light shall be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard. These step lights shall be actuated with the pump panel light, switch. All other steps on the apparatus shall be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. 363. REAR FMVSS LIGHTING ® ❑ The rear sLop /tail and directional LED lighting shall consist of the following: 21 -100 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PLUMPER Complies? Yes No Two (2) red LED stop /tail lights. Two (2) amber LED arrow turn lights. Each light shall be installed in a housing and include colored lenses. Four (4) red reflectors shall be provided. A license plate bracket shall be mounted on the driver's side above the warning lights. An incandescent step lamp shall illuminate the license plate. 362. BACKUP LIGHTS ❑ There shall be two (2) LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 363. REAR ID /MARKER DOT LIGHTING El shall be one (1) triple LED light kit used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: - As close as practical to the vertical Centerline, - Centers spaced not less than six (6) inches or more than twelve (12) inches apart. - Red in color. - All at the same height, There shall be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: - To indicate the overall width of the vehicle. - One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. - As near the top as practical. - Red in color. - To be visible from the rear. There shall be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus as close to the rear as practical per the following: - To indicate the overall length of the vehicle.' - One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. - As near the top as practical. - Red in color. - To be visible from the side. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. 364. LG_HTING BE_Z © ❑ There shall be two (2) four (4) place chromed ABS housings provided for the rear stop /tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 21 -101 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Com Iles? Yes No 365. STOP LIGHT (ADDITIONAL) There shall be one (1) LED brake light with chrome plated trim and red lens provided at the rear of the body, above rear compartment centered over the door.. 366. PARKING BRAKE INTERLOCK ❑ An audible alarm shall be installed to provide notification any time the ignition switch is turned off without the parking brake being set. 367. CORNERING /SCENE LIGHTS rj There will be two (2) pairs of clear LED lights provided on the apparatus. The LLJJ lights will be provided on the front bumper extension below warning and the rear fender panel. The LED lights will be wired so they activate and cancel with the directional lights, cancel with the 4 -way flashers and activate by a switch in the cab. The lights shall be surface mounted in a chrome flange, 368. MAP LIGHT FZI ❑ There shall be one (1) Sunnex Model HS742 -00 halogen adjustable map light with a switch control on base of light installed ceiling mounted over the left shoulder. 369. AUXTLIARY SIDE MARKER LIGHTS FZ ❑ A set of two (2) LED marker lights shall be installed on each side of the vehicle body two each side forward on the lower body and rear corner. All marker lights shall be actuated with the headlight switch. 370. LIGHT, INTERMEDIATE FV-1 ❑ There shall be one (1) pair of amber LED turn signal, marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, horizontally in the rear fender panel. A stainless steel trim shall be included with this installation. 371, "DO NQT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR 7 ❑ A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, shall be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light shall be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator shall activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released. 372, DO NOT MOVE APPARATU5° MESSAGES 1v/1 ❑ Messages shall be displayed on the gauge panel LCD located forward of the steering wheel directly in front of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages shall designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The Following messages shall be displayed (where applicable): Do Not Move Truck DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) 21 -102 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) Rear Body Door Open DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) Deck Gun Not Stowed Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) Hatch Door Open Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold -A -Tank Not Stowed) Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) Stabilizer Not Stowed Steps Not Stowed Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved shall be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. 373. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING ❑ ❑ There shall be seven (8) compartments with On Scene Solutions LED compartment light strips. The strips shall be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. The compartments with these strip lights shall be located all compartments, Opening the compartment door shall automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 374. ME HANICAL SIREN CONTROL The mechanical siren shall be actuated by a push button located on the officer's side instrument panel and by a foot: switch on the driver's side. 376. PUMP COMPARTMENT fLIGH f � ❑ A pump compartment light shall be provided inside the right side pump enclosure and accessible through a door on the pump panel. A .125" weep hole shall be provided in each light lens, preventing moisture retention. 376, SCENE BIGHTS, REAR There shall be two (2) Whelen M6 LED scene light(s) installed at the rear of `/ the apparatus, upper rear compartment bulkheads. A control for the light(s) selected above shall be the following: 21 -103 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No A switch at the driver's side switch panel A switch at the rear of apparatus on the driver's side These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 377. 12 VOLT SCENE LIGHTING, BRO1B1 There shall be one (1) 12 volt LED (Whelen Pioneer PFP2) combination spotlight and floodlight(s) provided on the front visor, centered. The light shall be controlled by the following: A switch at the driver's side switch panel These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 378. 12 VOLT SCENE LIGHTING, BODY IVO ❑ There shall be four (4) 12 volt LED (Whelen Pioneer PFP2) floodlight(s) installed in semi - recessed housing(s) located two each side in the upper section of the body. The light(s) selected above shall be controlled by: Two (2) switches at the driver's side switch panel to independently control the body scene lights. Two (2) switches at the driver's side pump panel to independently control the driver's side scene lights and the passenger's side scene lights.) These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set 379. CAB SPOgLIGH Two (2) Golight Spotlights shall be mounted one each side on the cab roof, one each side just to the rear of the lightbar to the outside edge of the treadplate. Each spotlight shall be remote controlled from inside the cab, by a four (4) position joystick. 380. HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT, PELICAN 9919 � ❑ There shall be four (4) LED 12v DC rechargeable lights mounted one in the engineer's compartment, one each side under the front facing seat, and one loose. The color shall be yellow. Each charger shall be hard wired to the 12 VDC system . 381. AIR HORN SYSTEM ❑ ❑ Two (2) air horns shall be provided and located, in the front bumper, recessed one each side. The horn system shall be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve shall be installed in- line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. 382. AIR HORN 9QNJKK ® L� The air horns shall be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer side of the engine tunnel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver shall have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from 21 -104 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. 383. ELECTRONIC SIRED An electronic siren with noise canceling microphone shall be provided. � ❑ Siren head shall be located on a swivel bracket mounted on the engine tunnel so that it is accessible to both the driver and officer. The swivel bracket shall be capable of rotating a minimum of 180 degrees. Siren shall be actuated by one (1) foot switch located on the driver's side and by a push button located on the officer's side instrument panel. 384. SPEAKER There shall be one (1) speaker provided. Each speaker shall be cast aluminum, 100 -watt, flange mount with polished aluminum finish. Each speaker shall be connected to the siren amplifier. The speaker(s) shall be recessed in the front bumper on the driver's side. 385. MECIIANICAL SIREN. (AUXILIARY A mechanical siren shall be furnished. A siren brake button shall be installed on the switch panel. The control solenoid shall be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated. The mechanical siren shall be recessed in the front bumper on the right side. The siren shall be supported by the bumper framework. 386. A&RWKG— LIGElTS z ❑ All warning lights shall be Whelen (NO EXCEPTIONS). 387. LIGHTSAR z ❑ There shall be one (1) Whelen 88.00" LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof. The lightbar shall include the following: • Two (2) red flashing LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) steady red LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) white flashing LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) red flashing corner LED modules, one in each front comer • One (1) red flashing LED module facing the driver side. • One (1) red flashing LED module facing the passenger side. • One (1) LED traffic light controller with national standard high priority. The color of the lenses shall be the same color as the LED's. There shall be two (2) switches located on a cab switch panel shall control this lightbar. • One (1) switch shall control all the warning lights. • One (1) switch shall control the traffic light controller. 21 -105 CITY OF (NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No The white warning lights and the traffic light controller shall be disabled when the parking brake is applied. 388. WARNING LIC (CAB ROOF SIDESZ Two (2) 24.00" LED lightbars shall be mounted on the roof, one (1) on each ❑ side, over the crew cab doors. Each lightbar shall include the following: Two (2) red flashing comer LED modules. Two (2) red flashing LED lights, These lightbars shall be controlled by the roof light switch. Each lightbar shall be furnished with a red lens. This lightbar may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 389. HEADLIGHT FLASHER Z ❑ the high beam headlights shall flash alternately between the left and right side, with a control switch located on the cab instrument panel. The flashing shall automatically cancel when the headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake Is set. 390. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIfUTING ❑ Six (6) LED flashing warning lights with bezels shall be located in the following positions: Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The side front lights to be red. Two (2) lights, above rear fender. The side middle lights to be red. Two (2) lights, above rear fender. The side rear lights to be red. All six (6) lights shall include a lens that is the same color of the LED's. All six (6) lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch on the cab switch panel. 391. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS ❑ There shall be two (2) LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided one each side at the front of the upper body corner, The color of the lights shall be reel. All of these lights shall include a lens color that is the same as the LED's These lights shall be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights. 392. WARNING LIGHTS (S1:Dg) ❑ There shall be four (4) LED lights provided and located in the body rub rails two each side. 21 -106 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No The color of each light shall be red LED with clear lens. Each light shall be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange. The light(s) shall be activated with the side warning switch. 393. REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING fi Wl Two (2) LED flashing warning lights shall be located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be red. The passenger's side rear light to be red. Both lights shall include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. Both lights shall be controlled by a lighted switch on the switch panel. 394. WARNING LIGHTS (REAR AND SIDE UPPER ZONES) ❑ Four (4) LED flashing warning lights shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The side rear upper light on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light on the passenger's side to be red. The side rear upper light on the passenger's side to be red. These lights shall include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. One (1) switch located in the cab on the switch panel shall control these lights. 395. TRAFFIC DIRECTING Ll!gH F-1 There shall be one (1) 36.01" long x 2.84" high x 2.24" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus. The control head shall be included with this installation. The auxiliary warning mode shall be activated with the emergency master switch. This traffic directing light shall be recessed with a stainless steel trim plate at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. The traffic directing light controller shall be located within the switch panel on the center console. The controller shall be within easy reach of the driver. 396. EMERGENCY MASTER SWITCH ❑ The label in the Emergency Master switch shall be red. 397. 9 i0 VOLT INTERIOR RECEPTACLE � -/� z ❑ Receptacle shall be a NEMA 5 -15, 120 volt, 15 amp, three (3) wire duplex household type connected to the shoreline. There shall be one (1) receptacle provided. in the interior cab compartment. Pi6[/fl CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No 398. DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER 5V El There shall be One (1) extinguisher, 20 pound, dry chemical extinguishers) provided with mounting bracket. 399. WATER EXTINGUISHER There shall be One (1) extinguisher, 2.50 gallon pressurized water extinguisher(s) with mounting bracket. 400. C ®2 EXTINGUISHER F] There shall be One (1) extinguisher, 10 pound, CO2 extinguisher with mounting bracket. 401. PAINT ❑ The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure shall consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body shall be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Surfaces that shall not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. Each imperfection on the exterior metal surface shall be removed or filled and then sanded smooth for a smooth appearance. All seams shall be sealed before painting. 2. Chemical Cleanina and Treatment - The metal surfaces shall be properly cleaned using a high pressure and high temperature cleaning system. Surfaces are chemically cleaned to remove all dirt, oil, grease and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. An ultra pure water final rinse shall be applied to all metal surfaces at the conclusion of the metal treatment process. 3. Primer /Surfacer Coats - A two (2) component urethane primer /surfacer shall be hand applied to the chemically treated metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. 4. Hanel Sanding - The primer /surfacer coat shall be lightly sanded to an ultra smooth finish. 5. Sealer Primer Coat - A two (2) component sealer primer coat shall be applied over the sanded primer. 6. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat shall be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 7. Clearcoat •• Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane shall be applied. Lap style doors shall be clear coated to match the body. Roll -up doors shall not be clear coated and the standard roll -up door warranty shall apply. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, trim, etc. shall be removed and painted separately to insure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly shall be finish painted before assembly. 21 -108 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH I Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER I Compliesi Yes I No The cab shall be two -tone, with the upper section painted White #267 UPPER along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted Red #107 Lower. 402. PAINT- ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT r� El shall meet or exceed all current State (his) regulations concerning L� 1 paint operations. Pollution control shall include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls shall include the following conditions: Topcoats and primers shall be chrome and lead free. - Metal treatment chemicals shal generated in the metal treatment remove any other heavy metals. be chrome free. The wastewater process shall be treated on -site to - Particulate emission collection from sanding operations shall have a 99.99% efficiency factor. - Particulate emissions from painting operations shall be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter means is used, it shall have an efficiency rating of 98.00 %. Water wash systems shall be 99.97% efficient. - Water from water wash booths shall be reused. Solids shall be removed mechanically on a continual basis to keep the water clean. - Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. They are used as fuel in kilns used in the cement manufacturing process - thereby extracting energy from a waste material. - Empty metal paint containers shall be cleaned, crushed and recycled to recover the metal. Solvents used in cleanup operations shall be collected, recycled on -site, or sent off -site for distillation and returned for reuse. Residue from the distillation operation shall be used as fuel in off -site cement kilns, Additionally, the finished apparatus shall not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor shall, upon demand, present evidence that his manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his State EPA rules and regulations. 403. PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY © ❑ The chassis frame assembly shall be painted job color before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine, drive shafts and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that shall be painted job color are frame rails, cross members, axles, suspension, steering gear, fuel tank, body substructure supports, miscellaneous mounting brackets, etc. 404. PAINT, COMPARTMENT HNTERIOR I a I ❑ Interior of compartments shall be painted with a gray heavy duty "Line -X" or similar type paint (NO EXCEPTIONS). fsi6[Rk] CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 405. REFLECTIVE BAND ❑✓ ❑ A 6.00" white reflective band with black pin- stripe above and below the reflective band shall be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band provided on the cab face shall be at the headlight level. 406. CHEVRON STRIPING: REAR ❑✓ ❑ There shall be alternating chevron striping located on the rear - facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear bulkheads and the rear compartment door, shall be covered. The surface above the rear compartment door up to the hosebed and between the rear bulkheads shall be aluminum treadplate. The colors shall be red and yellow diamond grade with black pin - stripe separating the colors. Each stripe shall be 6,00" in width. This shall meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, which states that 50% of the rear surface shall be covered with chevron striping. 407. JQG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND ❑ The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body shall contain one (1) jog(s) and shall be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed. 408. OUTLINE, REFLECTIVE STRIPE A black vinyl outline shall be provided for each chevron stripe at the rear of ❑ ❑ the truck. 409. REFLECTIVE OUTLINE STRIPE A .25' black reflective outline shall be applied to the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There shall be one (1) set of outline stripes required. 410. REFLECTIVE STRIPE, CAB DOORS ❑ A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe shall be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe shall be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe shall meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. 411. LETTERING (� I ❑ The lettering shall be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear �v vinyl, Doors- Thirty-two (32) simulated gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade shall be provided. "Newport Beach Fire" Body- Thirty-two (32) simulated gold leaf lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade shall be provided, Painter.) Plates- There shall be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There shall be twenty -four (24) letters provided. Cab Roof Painted Plates- There shall be reflective lettering, 12.00" high. There shall be six (6) letters provided. PJAFE , CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 412. PAINTED PLATES) FOR LETTERING There shall be six (6) painted aluminum plate(s) provided for department u u lettering. The plate(s) shall be painted to match the primary color of the truck. They shall be mounted 1 cab roof, 2 at rear and 3 for the cab doors and front bumper. and shall be (1) 16" x 56" for cab roof, (2) 6" x 12" for at rear, (3) 6" x 26" for crew cab doors & front bumper. Plates to be aluminum paint job color with counter sunk holes In corners. in size. 413. EMBLEM, MALTESE CROSS, SIMULATED GOLD There shall be one (1) pair of high quality emblems, up to 10.00" high, provided and installed cab doors each side. 414. CAB GRILLE DESIGN 0 El An American flag design shall be painted on the cab grille. 415. ONE 1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a minimum one (1) year basic apparatus material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 416. ENGINE WARRANTY A five (5) year limited engine warranty shall be provided. A copy of the L—I warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package. 417. ,,STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A three (3) year limited steering gear warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package. 418. FIFTY [50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY O The chassis frame shall be provided with a fifty (50) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the chassis frame as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 419. FRONTAN Y(§REE (3L YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FV1 L WARRANTY _I Independent front suspension shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The manufacturer's warranty shall provide that the independent front suspension and steering gears be free from any defect related to material and workmanship on the portion of the apparatus built by the manufacturer that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 21 -111 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Compiles? Yes No 420. REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP ❑ WARRANTY A 2 year axle limited warranty shall be provided. 421. TEN (70) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY ❑ The new cab shall be provided with a ten (10) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the cab built by the manufacturer as being free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 422. TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year pro -rated paint and corrosion limited warranty on the apparatus cab. The warranty shall cover painted exterior surfaces of the body to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 423. FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSIiL F171 ❑ The electronic modules and display(s) shall be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover electronic modules to be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 424. TRANSMISSION WARRANTY 0 El The transmission shall have a five (S) year /unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty is to be provided by transmission supplier and not the apparatus builder. 425. LIFETIME MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The poly water tank shall be provided with a lifetime material and workmanship limited warranty. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 426. TEN 10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY © ❑ Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year material and workmanship limited warranty on the apparatus body. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 21 -112 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No 423. ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A roll -up door limited warranty shall be provided. The mechanical components of the roll -up doorshall be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty shall be provided on painted and satin roll up doors. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package. 428. PUMP WARRANTY ❑ A five (5) year warranty shall be provided for the pump by the pump manufacturer. 429. PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY F] The stainless steel plumbing components and ancillary brass fittings used in the construction of the water /foam plumbing system shall be warranted for a period of ten (10) years or 100,000 miles. This covers structural failures caused by defective design or workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion, provided the apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner. This warranty is extended only to the original purchaser for a period of ten years from the date of delivery. A copy of the warranty shall be submitted with the Proposal. (NO EXCEPTIONS) 430. THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FV The gold leaf lamination shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the gold leaf lamination as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 431. THREE (3) YEAR EXTENDED. KASSIS 1-1 Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a three (3) year basic apparatus material and workmanship limited warranty on the chassis. The manufacturer's warranty shall provide for repairs to correct any defect related to material and workmanship on the portion of the apparatus built by the manufacturer that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 432. THREE (3) YEAR EXTENDED, APPARATUS BORN 0 ❑ Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a three (3) year basic apparatus material and workmanship limited warranty on the Apparatus body. The manufacturer's warranty shall provide for repairs to correct any defect related to material and workmanship on the portion of the apparatus built by the manufacturer that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the Proposal package (NO EXCEPTIONS). 433. EN§,IIUE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATIOR 17 ❑ The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine 21 -113 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No installation in the Proposer's chassis. The certification shall be provided at the time of Proposal. 434. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION ❑ The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification shall be provided at the time of Proposal. 435. gAAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION a ❑ The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide, at the time of Proposal, a cab crash test certification. There shall be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance shall lead to immediate rejection of Proposal. 436. CAB MOOR Ot➢RyBILII PV CERTIFICATION 1:1 Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors shall survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The Proposer shall certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 437. WINDSHIELD WIPER ®91RABILITV CERTIFICATION j� ❑ Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers shall survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE 3198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The Proposer shall certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 438. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTtl © El belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design shall withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The Proposer shall certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 433. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH 1271 17 Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design shall be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The Proposer shall certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 440, CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION El Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system shall clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAC 3381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose 21 -114 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Proposer SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Complies? Yes No Vehicles. The Proposer shall certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE 3381 criteria. 441. CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION ❑ Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in- transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters shall warm the cab 77 F from a cold -soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE 3381. The Proposer shall certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. 442. HAND TOOLS AND APPLIANCES/ LOOSEEOUIPMENT 0 MOUNTING All fire department supplied hand tools and appliances /loose equipment shall be mounted in specified compartments prior to delivery. Brackets shall be custom fabricated, Pac -Trac or comparable quality. Cab Front: a MDC Key Board Bracket a (2) Headset hooks a Supra Key box /Knox Box a (2) Holders for Medical Exam Gloves a Dosimeter o (2) Cup Holders Cab Rear: a Thermal Imager and Charger e (2) Headset Hooks a (1) Holder for Medical Exam Gloves a (2) Cup Holders D3: a SAe/P # 1 2.5 "Siamese U 2.5" Wye a 2.5" to 1.5" Gated Wye a (2) 2.5" to 5/8" Garden Hose Reducer a Shelf #� Secure Tool Box d (5) Stackable Safety Cones 02, m Lock Out Kit- need hook to secure lock out kit bag to tool board a Set of Irons (Halligan and Flat Head Axe with Strap) a Ram Bar a 8# Sledge Hammer o Rubbish Hook a Pry Bar D1, fi66N CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SPECIFICATIONS FOR A TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPER Proposer Complies? Yes No a hs elf #.t Water Extinguisher — 2.5 Gallon e Dry Chemical Extinguisher — 20 A- 12OBC E CO2 Extinguisher - 10BC c 24" Bolt Cutter 9 26" Long Utility Key with Commercial Adaptor a Sh (5) Gallon Bucket- Sand a (5) Gallon Bucket- Absorbant Rear Com,oftment. Ice Chest- brackets to keep ice chest from sliding around compartment P2: E Straps for (4)Wildland Bags PI: a Portable Water Pump O (2) Two Gallon Fuel Cans 9 Stihl 021 Chainsaw w/16" Bar- Secure Saw in Storage Case e (2) Hose clamps 0 2.5" Smooth Bore Hand Nozzle a 4" to 2.5" Reducer ® Hydrant Wrench o (2) 2.5" Double Females ® (2) 2.5" Double males Pl Storage in Hose Bed_ P Square Point Shovel C Round Point Shovel O Wildland Shovel 9 (3) McLeod Tools O Hot Stick Grabber 6 Hot Stick Cutter Puma se Upper Welh o Ground Monitor Base G Master Stream Nozzle /Stacked Tips- mounted 0 (5) Gallon bucket of Foam Concentrate 9 WMD Box- strap to secure box 21 -116 Pierce Manufacturing is pleased to submit a proposal to CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH for a Pierce@ 1500 GPM Triple Combination Pumper. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications. PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST'. Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 60 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 51,000 apparatus, including more than 27,000 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 757,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 97 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land. Our beliefs In high ethical standards are carried through in our commitments to all with whom we do business and our ethical standards do not change. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we (nor our parent company) engage in or have been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market. Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce ", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification. In accordance with the current addition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment. GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled /welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1 -2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2 -2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1 -2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20- E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization 1 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -117 (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal. In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce. To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least five (5) fire departments /municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided. DELIVERY The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break -in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. SAFETY VIDEO At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39- minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre -trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements. SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT Pierce dealership support will be provided by South Coast Emergency VehicleService by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory- trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within fifty (50) miles of the fire department. In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts. 2 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -118 Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes. As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference. Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVrs, and offers hands -on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Certification of insurance coverage will be enclosed. SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheetmetal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match Newport Beach Engine 63. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and /or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit. If the previous unit had a pump, a pump panel layout will be provided that shall match the old configuration as closely as possible. NFPA 2009 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2009, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. 3 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -119 An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non- NFPA ". VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third -party, audit - certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. PUMP TEST Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department. INSPECTION TRIKS) The bidder will provide three (3) factory inspection trip(s) for a total of nine customer representative(s). The inspection trip(s) will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the bidder. AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE Pierceparts.com will provide Pierce authorized dealer access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips. Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service. The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level: My Fleet Screen The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc. Parts Screens The Parts screens will provide parts look -up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit 4 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 PJ1 200] electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing. Warranty Screen The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement. My Reports Screens The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts. Technical Support Screens The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided. Training The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided. About Pierce Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible. BID BOND, NOT REQUESTED A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply: All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder /principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail. 5 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -121 PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 100 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicles) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. DRAWING. PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for approval prior to construction. This drawing will include all of the gauges and controls located on the pump operator's panel. FINAL DRAWING There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup. 6 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -122 ARROW -XT°" CHASSIS The Pierce Arrow -XT is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt -type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy -duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's heavy -duty line tilt cab. MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be 111 Inches. MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be 364 inches. WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 181.5 inches. GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 43,500 lbs.. FRAME The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in -lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in -lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat - treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges. FRAME REINFORCEMENT In addition, a mainframe inverted "L" liner will be provided. It will be heat - treated steel measuring 12.00" x 3.00" x .25 ". Each liner will have a section modulus of 7.795 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 857,462 in -lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 3,976,502 pounds per rail. The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail, beginning at the front edge of the mainframe rail and extending to the rear cab crossmember. FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE The Oshkosh TAK -4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 19,500 lb. Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000 -psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000 -psi yield ductile iron. The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000 -psi yield strength steel. Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal Impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. 7 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -123 There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension. The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load. Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life. The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided. The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. The axle will have a third party certified turning angle of 45 degrees. Front discharge, front suction, or aluminum wheels will not infringe on this cramp angle. FRONT SUSPENSION Front Oshkosh TAK -4T"' independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 19,500 lb. The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment. Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10,00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims. One can adjust for a lean within fifteen minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side. The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving. SHOCK ABSORBERS Heavy -duty telescoping shock absorbers (KONI) will be provided on the front suspension. OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. FRONT TIRES The front tires will be Michelin 385/65R22.50 radials, 18 ply XFE wide base tread, rated for 19,840 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc -type wheels with a ten (10) -stud, 11.25" bolt circle. 8 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -124 REAR AXLE The rear axle will be a MedtorT", Model RS -24 -160, with a capacity of 24,000 ib. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 MPH. The rear springs will be Standens semi - elliptical, 3.00" x 52.00 ", ten (10) leaves with a ground rating of 24,000 lbs. Castings will be used for spring hangers with provisions for lubrication. The grease fittings will be 90- degree type and will be accessible without removing the wheels or cutting any sheet metal. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin and the top leaf will wrap the rear spring hanger pin on both the front and rear suspensions. Kaiser spring pins will be provided, with double "figure- eight" grease grooves and a layer of electroless nickel plating, 1.0 mil thick, around the entire pin. The bushing that holds the spring pin in place will also have a grease groove. OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle. REAR TIRES Rear tires will be four (4) Michelin 111122.50 radials, 16 ply all season XDN2 tread, rated for 24,020 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) -stud 11.25" bolt circle. TIRE BALANCE All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There will be a VECSAFE LED fire alert pressure management system provided that will monitor each tire's pressure. A chrome plated brass sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires. The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 20 and 120 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops eight (8) psi. Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start blinking. HUB COVERS (front) Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. HUB COVERS (rear) A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. LUG NUT COVERS Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts in place of standard. MUD FLAPS Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 9 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -125 A spare tire, 385/65R22.50 to match the vehicle's front tires will be provided and mounted on an aluminum disc wheel. SPARE TIRES Two (2) spare tires, 11822.5 16 ply, to match the vehicle's rear tires will be provided, mounted on a polished aluminum disc wheel. WHEEL CHOCKS There will be one (1) pair of Ziamatic AC -32, aluminum alloy, Quick -Choc wheel blocks provided. WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There will be one (1) pair of Ziamatic QCH -32 -H horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic AC -32 wheel chocks. The brackets will be mounted on the engineer's side. ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti -lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti -lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti -lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti - lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type. The front brakes will be Knorr /Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. The rear brakes will be Medtorl", Disc Plus, Model EX225 disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. AIR COMPRESSOR. BRAKE SYSTEM The air compressor will be a Cummins /Wabco with 183 cubic feet per minute output. The brake system will include: - Bendix dual brake treadle valve with vinyl covered foot surface - Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer - Total air system capacity of 4,362 cubic inches - Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi - Spring set parking brake system - Parking brake operated by a push -pull style control valve - A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel 10 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -126 - Park brake relay /inversion and anti- compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, will be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. (no exception). - Bendix AD -9 air dryer, with heater and coalescing filter BRAKE LINES Color -coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. AIR INLET One (1) air inlet with male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female coupling will also be provided with the loose equipment. AIR TANK, ADDITIONAL An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use. The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine RPM. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options. MANUAL MOISTURE EJECTORS) Four (4) manual moisture ejectors will be installed In the brake system. The moisture ejector will be remote mounted on the driver side of vehicle, as close to the edge of vehicle as possible. A loop will be provided at the moisture ejector, to allow for ease of pulling the drain. Each moisture ejector will have a label directly under the ejector, stating air tank drain. Nylon tubing, .38" diameter, will be routed from the air tank to the moisture ejector. The nylon tubing will be covered with protective split loom. The moisture ejector(s) will be provided on the under the pump panel in a cluster reservoir(s). BRAKE FrMNIGS, SPECIAL All the brass brake system fittings will be "compression type" fittings in place of the standard push to connect type. ENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Cummins Model: ISL9 Power: 450 hp at 2100 rpm Torque: 1250 lb-ft at 1400 rpm Governed Speed: 2200 rpm 11 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -127 Emissions Level: EPA 2013 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 543 cubic inches (8.9L) Starter: Delco 39MT Fuel Filters: Spin -on style primary filter with water separator & water -in -fuel sensor. Secondary spin -on style filter. Coolant Filter: Spin -on style with shut off valves on the supply and return line. The engine will include On -board diagnostics (0131)), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and aftertreatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the Instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation /deactivation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral, A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." A Jacobs engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on /off and have a high, medium and low setting. The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. CLUTCH FAN A Horton fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in 'Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. ENGINE AIR INTAKE The air intake with an ember separator will be mounted high on the passenger side of the cab, to the front of the crew cab door. The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine. The ember separator will be easily accessible through a hinged stainless steel grille, with one (1) flush quarter turn latch. 12 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 MAIM EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the selective catalytic reduction (SCR) device, and will be 4.00" in diameter. The exhaust system will include a diesel particulate filter (DPF) and an SCR device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and SCR to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the passenger side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits: Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum cooling performance, the radiator core will be made of copper fins having a serpentine design, soldered to brass tubes. The tubes will be welded to brass headers using the patented Beta -Weld process for increased strength, longer road life and solder -bloom corrosion protection. The radiator core will have a minimum frontal area of 1396 square inches. Steel supply and return tanks will be bolted to the core headers and steel side channels to complete the radiator assembly. The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator will be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators. The radiator will include an integral deaeration tank, with a remote - mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built -in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap, A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and /or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. A heavy -duty fan will draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. COOLANT LINES Silicone hoses will be used for all engine coolant/heater lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing. Hose clamps will be the stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose. FUEL TANK A 65- gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12- gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A .75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet 13 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -129 The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle. The tank will be constructed of 16 -gauge type 304- L stainless steel. A .50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only ". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the engine fuel inlet behind a common hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door on the driver side of the vehicle. The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. FUEL COOLER An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. The fuel filler cap will have a retaining chain, FUEL DOOR LABEL There will be a label provided on the fuel door, to read "Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Only ". An Allison Gen IV, model EVS 3000P, electronic torque converting automatic transmission will be provided. The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock). A transmission temperature gauge with red light and audible alarm will be installed on the cab dash. A six (6) -speed push button shift module with the four (4) + two (2) "Mode" button will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be Indirectly lit for after dark operation. The Allison shifter will be a double -digit display model. The transmission ratio will be 1st - 3.51 to 1.00, 2nd - 1.91 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.43 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to 1.00, 5th - 0.75 to 1.00, 6th - 0.64 to 1.00, R - 4.80 to 1.00. TRANSMISSION COOLER A shell and tube transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. The cooler will have an aluminum shell and copper tubes. The cooler will be assembled using pressed in rubber tube sheets to mechanically 14 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -130 create a reliable seal between the coolant and the oil. No brazed, soldered, or welded connections will be used to separate the coolant from the oil. TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The Champ three (3) -year parts, labor and collateral damage warranty will be provided with this cooler, plus an additional two (2) years of parts and labor only coverage. The collateral damage for the first three (3) years will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES -295 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy -duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer 1710 universal joints. The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft, slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat or equivalent. STEERING Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy -duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and a TRW model PS hydraulic pump with Integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4) -spoke design. ILOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text will be: Newport The second row of text will be: Beach The third row of text will be: Fire BUMPER A one (1) piece, ten (10) gauge, 304 -26 type polished stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel "C" channel mounted directly behind it to provide adequate support strength. The bumper will be extended 16.00" from front face of cab. Documentation will be provided, upon request, to show that the options selected have been engineered for fit -up and approval for this modular bumper extension. A chart will be provided to indicate the option locations and will include, but not be limited to, the following options: air horns, mechanical sirens, speakers, hose trays (with hose capacities), winches, lights, discharge, and suction connections. 15 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -131 GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent Flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate. LYFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems, The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. TOW EYES Two (2) chromed steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius. The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 pound straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. HOSE TRAY A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension. The tray will have a capacity of 20' of 5.00" double jacket cotton - polyester hose. Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. COVER. HOSE TRAY A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the one (1) hose tray. The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge and located center. A D -ring latch will secure the cover in the closed position and a pneumatic stay arm will hold the cover in the open position. HOSE TRAY (left side) A hose tray will be placed in the left side of the extended bumper. The tray will have a capacity of 100' of 1.75" double jacket cotton - polyester hose. Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes will also provided. CAB The cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by the chassis builder. Construction of the cab will consist of 5052 -1-132 .125" aluminum welded to extruded aluminum framing. The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. The cab will be 94.75" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability. The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) will be approximately 103.00 ". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, 16 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -132 no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed. The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 54.00" in the center and 59.25' in the outboard positions. The crew cab floor will measure 40.12" from rear wall to the back side of engine tunnel. The engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 47.75' to the back wall. The crew cab will be of the totally enclosed design with access doors constructed in the same manner as the driver and passenger doors. The cab will be a full tilt cab style. The engine will be easily accessible and capable of being removed with the cab tilted. The cab will be capable of tilting 45 degrees and 90 degrees with crane assist. The cab will have a three (3) -point rubber mounting and will be tilted by a hydraulic pump connected to two (2) cab lift cylinders. The cab will then be locked down by a two (2) -point automatic locking mechanism that actuates after the cab has been lowered. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.50" insulation in the ceiling and side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. ENGINE TUNNEL Engine hood side walls will be constructed of .50" aluminum. The top will be constructed of .19" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room. The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA series 1900 pamphlet. FENDER LINERS Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided. WINDSHIELD A curved safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,754 square inches of clear viewing area. The cab windshield will have bright trim inserts in the rubber molding holding the glass in place. Economical windshield replacement glass will be readily available from local auto glass suppliers. All cab glass will be tinted. SUNVISORS Two (2) smoked Lexan sunvisors, 8.75" x 31.00" long, will be provided. The sunvisors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Two (2) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements. The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. A glove box with a drop -down door will be installed in the front dash panel in front of the officer position. 17 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -133 CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. CAB LIF A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure. Lift controls will be on a panel located in the driver's side step well. In addition to the panel controls, a 15' remote control will be provided for raising and lowering the cab. The remote control will be stored in the cab. The receptacle for the remote control will be located next to the master controls in the driver's step well. Cab will be locked down by a two (2) -point automatic spring - loaded hook mechanism that actuates after the cab has been lowered. The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. INTERLOCK. CAB LIFT TO PARKING BRAKE The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the battery switch is in the on position, if the parking brake is released the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES All cab door jambs will be furnished with a polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. MIRRORS One (1) Ramco, Model CRM- 310 - 1750 -PCHR, polished chrome mirror will be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors will be full faced, flat, with an integrated bottom mount convex section. The mirror head will have a highly polished chrome finish. The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. The convex section in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. DOORS To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 61.75" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab doors will measure a minimum of 34.88" wide x 61.75" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of .125 ". The exterior door skins will be constructed from .090" aluminum. 18 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 WINCE A flush mounted, chrome plated paddle type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush paddle handle, The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks as required by FMVSS 206. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano -type hinge with a .38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit. A chrome handrail will be provided on the inside each front cab door, for ease of entry. The cab steps at each door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab. DOOR PANELS There will be a full height brushed stainless steel door panel installed on the inside of all cab doors. The cab door panels will be removable without disconnecting door and window mechanisms. MANUAL CAB DOOR WINDOWS All cab entry doors will contain a conventional roll down window. CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt -in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 24.75" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.25" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps. Three (3) step entrance designs will not be acceptable due to safety concerns. A slip- resistant handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. STEP LIGHTS For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to incandescent lighting, there will be four (4) white LED, step lights provided. The lights will be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step, in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. The fender crowns will have a radius outside corner that will allow the fender crown to extend out further than the standard width crown, thus extending beyond the sidewall of the front tires and allow the crew cab doors to open fully. 19 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -135 CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 17.50" wide x 21.00" high. WINDOW TINT Crew cab windows will be tinted with 44 percent light transmission tint. The following windows are included: - Crew cab side windows - Crew cab door, roll -up windows - Rear opera windows (if applicable). CAB ROOF COVERING Horizontal cab roof surfaces will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. Edges and fastening screws will be properly caulked to prevent water from leaking under aluminum. Front and side warning lights will not be mounted on top of treadplate. The treadplate will extend and terminate next to the warning lights. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SHELF There shall be a full width 'T' shaped shelf provided in the crew cab for permanent mounting of equipment. The shelf shall extend across the cab from the front edge of the mux box on the driver's side and the front edge of the air tunnel on the passenger's side. The center of the shelf shall extend rearward to the rear edge of the engine tunnel. The driver and passenger sides shall be notched around the SCBA brackets mounted in the rear facing seat positions. The shelf shall have a 2.00" lip around edge. The shelf shall be fabricated from .188" aluminum and shall be painted to match the cab interior. Not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray shall be permanently attached to meet NFPA requirements. STORAGE COMPARTMENTS Provided on each side of the cab, below the cab floor, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment. The compartments will be 11.50" wide x 14.00" deep x 18.00" high. The doors will be of the single pan construction with one (1) D -ring latch. Chain with a clear plastic covering will be used as a door stop. CUP HOLDER There will be four (4) cup holder(s) provided. Each cup holder will have self - adjusting fingers that automatically grip beverage containers of various sizes. A recess in the cup holder will allow it to hold beverage containers with handles. The cup holder(s) will be located at customer pick -up. BRACKET SCBA HOLDER There shall be a pair of free standing mounting bracket(s) supplied for the mounting of Zico SCBA brackets in the each side in the rear facing outboard crew cab seat area, seat position(s). The bracket will be designed to hold two SCBA brackets. 20 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -136 CAB INTERIOR The wrap- around style high impact ABS plastic cab dash fascia will be designed to provide unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road. The center console will include an easily removable cover for the defroster. The officer side dash and center console will be a flat faced design to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of painted aluminum. The engine tunnel will be padded and covered with 46 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The upper door liners will be constructed of an aluminum backing covered with padded upholstery. The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling. Forward portion of cab headliner will provide easy access for servicing electrical wiring or for other maintenance needs without removing the entire unit. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery will be dark silver gray. INTERIOR PAINT (Cab) A rich looking interior will be provided by painting all the metal surfaces inside the cab gray, vinyl texture paint. CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with PolydampT" acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a .25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. CAB DEFROSTER There will be a 41,000 BTU /hr defroster in the cab located under the engine tunnel. The defroster ventilation will be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and will be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster will have a three (3) -speed blower and temperature controls accessible to the driver and officer. The defroster ducts will be designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the front cab windows. CAB /CREW CAB HEATER Two (2) auxiliary heaters with 32,000 BTU /hr each will be provided in the cab. The heaters will have a three (3) -speed blower and temperature controls accessible to the driver and officer. There will also be louvers located below the rear facing seat riser and below the driver and officer positions for airflow. The heaters will be mounted, one (1) within each rear facing seat riser. AIR CONDITIONING A high - performance, customized air conditioning system will be furnished inside the cab and crew cab. A 19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine. 21 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -137 The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of four (4) hours. A roof - mounted condenser that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. Mounting the condenser below the cab or body would reduce the performance of the system and will not be acceptable. An evaporator unit that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed in the cab, located in the center of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple outlets, one (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The evaporator unit will be provided with adjustable air outlets strategically located to direct air flow to the driver, officer and crew cab area. All hose used will be class 1 type to reduce moisture ingression into the air conditioning system. The air conditioner refrigerant will be R -134A and will be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner will be controlled by a single electronic control panel. For ease of operation, the control panel will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel will include robust knobs for both fan speed and temperature adjustment. GRAB HANDLE A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the upper "A" post of the driver's side cab entrance to assist in entering the cab. A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the lower portion of the driver's side cab entrance to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and steering wheel column. A long rubber grab handle will be mounted on the dash board in front of the officer. Two (2) engine compartment lights will be installed under the engine hood, with an integral switch. The lights will have a .125" diameter hole in its lens to prevent moisture retention. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door will be 17.75" wide x 12.75" high and be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. An additional tube will be provided for filling the engine oil. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be provided on the access door. MAP BOX A map box with three (3) bins, open at top, will be installed front of the engine housing. The map box will be divided into three (3) bins, each being 12.00" wide x 4.00" 22 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 PJAWN deep x 8.00" high. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. MAP BOX A map box with six (6) bins, open from top, will be installed rear of the engine housing for fire fighters access.. Each bin will be 12.00" wide x 6.00" deep x 8.00" high. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. MAP POCKET Installed on each front door will be a map pocket. The pocket will be 13.50" wide x 14.00" high x 1.50" deep and constructed of stainless steel. A rectangular notch will be provided in the center of the map pocket that will be 9.50" wide x 9.00" deep to allow access the map books. FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION The cab will be provided with a frontal impact protection system and will include the following: • A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a frontal impact event. • A fault- indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system. • A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. • A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3) -point seat belt. • Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a frontal impact event. • Driver and front passenger seat belts will be provided with pre - tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during frontal impact event. The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected. The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event: • Driver side front air bag. • Passenger side knee bolster air bag. • Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position. 23 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -139 Driver and front passenger seat belts will be pre- tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place. SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab will be four (4). DRIVER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel - bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system. A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a frontal impact, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation In the normal seating position. OFFICER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system: A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat will be furnished with a three - point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant, The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration 24 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -140 control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. A forward facing EMS compartment will be provided in the crew cab at the center position. The compartment will be 38.00" wide x 30.00" high x 22.63" deep with one (1) Gortite roll up door, locking, with anodized finish. The clear door opening of the compartment will be 33.00" wide x 20.00" high. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior. COMPARTMENT LIGHT There will be two (2) On Scene Solutions Axe LED strip lights installed, one (1) each side of the compartment opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will be furnished with a three (3)- point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt tongue will be stored at waist position for quick application by the seat occupant. The seat belt receptacle will be provided on a cable conveniently nested next to the seat cushion, providing easy accessibility. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. LOUVERS There will be two (2) louvers provided in the one each side of the interior cab compartment EMS compartment(s) for ventilation. SHELVING There will be two (2) shelves provided in the EMS compartment. Each shelf will be constructed of .090" aluminum with a 1.25" up- turned Up. Shelving will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded tightener sliding in a track. The location will be in the EMS compartment. SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery will be black Turnout Tuff material. AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a backrest. For efficiency and convenience, Hands- Free" auto clamp style bracket in its the bracket will include an automatic spring 25 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -141 clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G. Bracket designs with manual restraints (belts, straps, buckles) that could be inadvertently left unlocked and allow the SCBA to move freely within the cab during an accident, will not be acceptable. There will be a quantity of three (3) SCBA brackets. SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT All seating positions furnished with three (3) -point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. SEAT BELTS All seating positions in the cab and crew cab will have red seat belts. SEAT BELT MONITORING SYSTEM A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to ten (10) seat positions indicating the status of each seat position with a green or red LED indicator as follows: Seat Occupied Buckled Green Seat Occupied Unbuckled Red No Occupant Buckled Red No Occupant Unbuckled Not Illuminated Alarm: The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will be activated when a red illumination condition exists and the parking brake is released, or a red illumination condition exists and the transmission is not in park. HELMET HOLDER There will be four (4) Zico UHH -1 helmet holder bracket(s) provided in the cab. The brackets will provide quick access and secure storage of the helmet(s). The bracket location(s) will be determined at time of final inspection at Pierce mfg. CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING Auxiliary lights will be provided in the cab and consisting of: - Two (2) Weldon, Model 8081, red /clear dome light located, one (1) on the officer side and one (1) on the driver side, controlled by the following: Clear forward light controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. Red rearward light controlled by the lens switch. - Two (2) Adjustable Map Lights: With switches mounted on the cab ceiling. CREW CAB INTERIOR LIGHTING Auxiliary lights will be provided in the crew cab and consist of: - Four (4) Weldon, Model 8081, red /clear dome lights located two (2) each side, controlled by the following: 26 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -142 Clear forward lights controlled by the door switch and the lens switch. Red rearward lights controlled by the lens switch. - A courtesy light at each door opening, controlled by automatic door switches CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of Instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions, Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. GAUGES The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance: Voltmeter Gauge (Volts) Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm High volts (15 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low volts (11.3 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very high volts (16 VDC) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Tachometer (RPM) Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km /H) Fuel Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fuel (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Very low fuel (1/32) fuel Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Engine Oil Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Front Air Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm 27 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -143 Rear Air Pressure Gauge (PSI) Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit) High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit) High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be "dead- front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: Low coolant Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) Check engine Check trans (check transmission) Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat) Air rest (air restriction) Caution (triangle symbol) Water in fuel DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) Trailer ABS (where applicable) Wait to start (where applicable) HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system) MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) 28 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 MI NEM SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level) The following red telltale lamps will be present: Warning (stop sign symbol) Seat belt Parking brake Stop engine Rack down The following green telltale lamps will be provided: Left turn Right turn Battery on The following blue telltale lamp will be provided: High beam ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime /chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE -OUT Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove -out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. CONTROL SWITCHES For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode. Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)- position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights. 29 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 MI NEVI Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)- position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting Intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held. The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. Ignition switch: A three (3)- position maintained /momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm If held for three (3) to five (5) seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle ignition. Engine start switch: A two (2)- position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4-way hazard switch: A two (2)- position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate the 4 -way hazard switch function. The second switch position will activate the 4 -way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the international 4 -way hazard symbol. Heater and defroster controls. Turn signal arm: A self - canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper /washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push /pull park brake control valve will be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to three (3) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to three (3) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to three (3) switch panels in the engine 30 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -146 tunnel rear facing console accessible to both driver and officer. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following: Engine diagnostic port Transmission diagnostic port ABS diagnostic port SRS diagnostic port (where applicable) Command Zone USB diagnostic port Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on check engine telltale indicator) ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) CAB LCD DISPLAY A digital four (4) -row by 20- character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section will display odometer, trip mileage, PTO hours, fuel consumption, engine hours, and other configuration specific Information. The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOf� A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided. - A dash mounted air restriction gauge will be provided, in the cab instrument panel, The gauge will be a Farr, model 3781 -325, filter minder with black bezel. -Red indicator light and alarm in the cab to show when the aerial access steps are not stowed. SWITCH PANELS The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane -type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non - functioning black appliques. Documentation will be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access. 31 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 PJAWYI The switches will be membrane -type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever backlighting is activated and illuminated red whenever the switch is active. For ease of use, a two (2) -ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions. WIPER CONTROL For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1) -speed intermittent wiper control with six (6)- second interval and windshield washer switch. The control will have a "return to park' provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate to be determined at pre construction. Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be four (4) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground, Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate to be determined at pre- construciton.. Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: "Ani 1,11060 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -148 The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate in the interior crewcab cabinet high in the top of the cabinet. Termination will be with six (6) position terminal strip, Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, Including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate lower portion of the Interior cab compartment. Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate interior cab compartment for 800 meg radio, and one to the DS engine housing under the shelf.. Termination will be with six (6) position terminal strip. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. RADIO WITH CD PLAYER There will be a Panasonic AM /FM/Weatherband stereo radio with compact disc player and MP3 jack installed. The compact disc stereo radio will be mounted within reach of the driver. 33 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -149 The quantity and location of the speakers will be one (1) pair of 5.25' speakers located in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25' speakers located in the crew cab. The type and location of the antenna will be a roof - mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof. INFORMATION CENTER An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center will have the following specifications: • Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit • An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens • Five weather resistant user interface switches • Black enclosure with gray decal • Sunlight Readable • Linux operating system • Minimum of 400nits rated display • Display can be changed to an available foreign language OPERATION The information center will be designed for easy operation for everyday use. The page button will cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow a NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. Pressing any button while viewing a video feed will return the information center to the vehicle information screens. A menu button will provide access to maintenance, setup and diagnostic screens. All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed. GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur: An amber background /text color will indicate a caution condition. A red background /text color will indicate a warning condition. Every screen will include the following: • Exterior Ambient Temperature • Time (12 or 24 hour mode) Text Alert Center: The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to Indicate the severity of the 34 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 PJAWIff, "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. Button Labels: A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text, PAGE SCREENS The Information center will include the following screens: Load Manager Screen: A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide: Description of the load Individual load shed priority: The lower the priority number the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur. Load Status: The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Do Not Move Truck: The Do Not Move Truck screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated: • Driver Side Cab Door • Passenger's Side Cab Door • Driver Side Crew Cab Door • Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door • Driver Side Body Doors • Passenger's Side Body Doors • Rear Body Door(s) • Ladder Rack (if applicable) • Deck Gun (if applicable) • Light Tower (if applicable) • Hatch Door (if applicable) • Stabilizers (if applicable) • Steps (if applicable) Chassis Information: The following information will be shown: • Engine RPM • Fuel Level • Battery Voltage • Engine Coolant Temperature • Engine Oil Pressure "At a Glance" color features are utilized on this screen Active Alarms List: This screen will show a list of all active text messages. The list items text will match the text messages shown in the "Alert Center ". The date and time the message occurred is displayed with each message in the list. 35 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -151 MENU SCREENS The following screens will be available through the Menu button: View System Information: A detailed list of vehicle information: • Battery Volts • Pump Hours • Transmission Oil Temperature • Pump Engaged • Engine Coolant Level • Engine Oil Level • Oil level will only be shown_ when the engine is not running • Power Steering Level Set daytime and nighttime Display Brightness: • Brightness: Increase and decrease • Default setting button Configure Video Mode: • Set Video Contrast • Set Video Color • Set Video Tint Set Startup Screen: • Choose the screen that will be active at vehicle power -up Set Date & Time: • 12 or 24 hour format • Set time • Set date View Active Alarms: • Shows a list of all active alarms • Date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm • Silence alarms • All alarms are silenced System Diagnostics: • Module type and ID number • Module version Module diagnostics information: • Input or output number • Circuit number connected to that input or output 36 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 P. AWN • Circuit name (item connected to the circuit) • Status of the input or output • Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information: • Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER A vehicle data recorder (VDR) will be provided. The VDR will be capable of reading and storing vehicle information. The VDR will be capable of operating in a voltage range from 8VDC to 16VDC. The VDR will not interfere with, suspend, or delay any communications that may exist on the CAN data link during the power up, initialization, runtime, or power down sequence. The VDR will continue operation upon termination of power or at voltages below 8VDC for a minimum of 10ms. The Information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A CD provided with the apparatus will include the programming to download the Information from the VDR. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and /or CAN inputs: Vehicle Speed - MPH Acceleration - MPH /sec Deceleration - MPH /sec Engine Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On /Off Seat Occupied Status - Yes /No by Position (7 -12 Seating Capacity) Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes /No by Position (7 -12 Seating Capacity) Master Optical Waming Device Switch - On /Off Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year /Month /Day A six (6) position David Clark, Model U3800, intercom system with single radio interface capability at the driver, officer, and pump operator positions will be provided. The driver and officer will have remote, radio Push -To -Talk buttons located match 23441 . The pump operator will have a bulkhead connection with weatherproof cap and lanyard, and a radio transmit belt station. Two (2) outboard crew cab seating positions and the rear of the apparatus will have intercom only. The following components will be supplied with this system: • One (1) U3805 Radio Cord ]unction Module • Two (2) U3815 Radio Interface Modules (Driver, Officer) • Two (2) Remote RPTT • One (1) U3800 Intercom Unit (1 Crew) 37 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -153 • One (1) C3820 Power Cable. • Two (2) U3801 Remote headset Stations (1 Crew, Rear of Apparatus) • One (1) 18352G -16 Bulkhead Connector with 132313-01 Cap (Pump panel) • One (1) C3019 Belt Station (Pump Panel) • All necessary station cables and connectors RADIO INTERFACE NOT REQUIRED The apparatus manufacturer shall not provide a radio / intercom interface. UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET There will be five (5) under the helmet, headset(s) provided all positions. Each David Clark, Model H3442, headset will feature: • 5' Coiled cord • Noise cancelling electric microphone • Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress • Microphone on /off button Comfort Gel Earseals • 23 dB noise reduction HEADSET HANGERS There will be four (4) headset hanger(s) installed adjacent to seating positions. The hanger(s) will meet NFPA 1901, Section 14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting. Radio Equipment The following radio equipment shall be provided by the fire department for installation: Mobile Data Computer Mobile Data Computer Keyboard with mounting bracket Docking station, power supply, inverter, cables Modem, Antenna, power supply, cables Three drop in radio chargers 800 MHz Motorola mobile radio, antenna, power supply, speaker, palm mic EPCR Multi Unit Battery Charger EPCR tablet 110/12 volt inverter BRACKET, ]OHNNY RAY A Johnny Ray, Model JR -207, radio swivel bracket rated for 14 lbs. will be provided and installed to the ceiling between the visors and one on the dash.. PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION There will be three (3) customer supplied portable two -way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed tbd. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. 38 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -154 TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio Installer to be installed behind the officer's seat with the 800 meg radio head as per IP drawing. No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option. Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed. MOBILE RADIO MODEM INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied Motorola VRM -850 two way radio modem(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed to determined at mid. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. COMPLETE MDT INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied Mobile Data Terminal (MDT), Docking station, Mounting bracket, power supply, antenna, GPS, modem, and all cabling sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed on the officer's side dash. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. KNOX -BOXn There will be one (1) Knox - Box(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer and installed at within reach of the officer's seat on the dash. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. A "technician's key" will be provided by the customer for each Knox Box. The box cannot be installed without a compatible technician's key. COMBO ANTENNA There will be one (1) Antenna Plus, Model AP -CG, bolt on, low profile antenna(s) for Cellular, PCS, LTE, and GPS, installed on the cab roof. The antenna color will be white . The cables will be routed within the cab to the phone , and the MDC . RADIO ANTENNA MOUNTS There will be four (4) antenna - mounting base(s), Model MATM, with 17 feet of coax cable and weatherproof cap provided for radio equipment up to 900 Mhz. One (1) of the mounts will be located on the cab roof, just to the rear of the officer seat and the additional mount(s) will be located directly to the left, in the following positions on the cab roof as required. Cables ran to interior rear compartment. The cables will be routed to the seat box on the officer side with enough cable for the customer to route to the instrument panel if needed. ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and /or relays will be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to 39 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 P. AW1 prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. COMMAND ZONE CONTROL SYSTEM A solidstate electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE 31939 -11 recommended practices. The control system will operate as a master -slave system whereas the main control module Instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDXTM specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes: Green LED indicator light for module power Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without- additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field reprogrammable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the Command Zone control system modules will meet the following specifications: Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications Operating temperature from -40C to +70C Storage temperature from -40C to +70C Vibration to 50g IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC 40 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 i 1 0141 The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job - specific, computer network input and output (I /0) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. ON -BOARD ADVANCED /VISUAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS The on -board information center will include the following diagnostic information: Text description of active warning or caution alarms Simplified warning indicators Amber caution light with intermittent alarm Red warning light with steady tone alarm All control system modules, with the exception of the main control module, will contain on- board visual diagnostic LEDs that assist in troubleshooting. The LEDs will be enclosed within the sealed, transparent module housing near the face of the module. One LED for each input or output will be provided and will illuminate whenever the respective input or output is active. Color -coded labels within the modules will encompass the LEDs for ease of Identification. The LED indicator lights will provide point of use information for reduced troubleshooting time without the need for an additional computer. An advanced, Windows- based, diagnostic software program will be provided for this control system. The software will provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with an IBM compatible computer. The service and maintenance software will be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input /output (I /O) information. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE -OUT SYSTEM A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument- panel. VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.£1 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. DEDICATED RADIO EQUIPMENT CONNECTION POINTS There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two -way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following: 12 -volt 40 -amp battery switched power 12 -volt 60 -amp ignition switched power 41 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -157 12 -volt 60 -amp direct battery power There will also be a 12 -volt 100 -amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. ENHANCED SOFTWARE The Command Zone control system will include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) will be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. EMY /RFI PROTECTION To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE 3551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE 31113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for IOKHz -1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE 3551/2 and SAE 31113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz- 1GHz to 100 Volts /Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. EMI /RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low -level control signals and high - powered two -way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI /RFI susceptibility. BATTERY SYSTEM Five (5) 12 volt, Deka Model 1131XMF batteries that include the following features will be provided: - 1000 CCA (cold cranking amps) - 185 reserve capacity - High cycle - Maintenance free - Group 31 - Rating of 5000 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit 42 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -158 - 925 minutes of reserve capacity - Threaded studs ISOLATED BATTERY One (1) 12 volt, Deka model 1131XMF group 31 battery will be provided for voltage sensitive components. A battery isolator that is appropriately suited for the group 31 battery capacity will be supplied. BATTERY SYSTEM A single starting system will be provided. An ignition switch and starter button will be located on the instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH A master battery switch, to activate the battery system, will be provided inside the cab within easy reach of the driver. An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. Batteries will be stored in well - ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3116' steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold -downs will be of a non - corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel. Heavy -duty battery cables will be used to provide maximum power to the electrical system. Cables will be color- coded. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti- corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi - permanent rubberized compound. 3UMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color -coded covers will be installed on the bottom of the driver's side battery box. This will provide for easy jumper cable access. BATTERY CHARGER There will be a Newmar Model PT -40, three stage battery charger, provided. A bar graph indicating the state of charge will be included. The vehicle battery output will be capable of supplying up to 40 amps for charging the batteries. The battery charger will be wired to the 120 -volt shoreline to activate automatically when the power is connected. BATTERY CHARGER LOCATION The battery charger will be located in the left body compartment, adjacent to the battery compartment, mounted high in the compartment. The battery charger indicator will be located behind the driver's door on the outside of the cab. KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE one (1) shoreline receptacle will be provided to operate the dedicated 120 -volt circuits on the truck without the use of the generator. 43 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 rJAW101 The shoreline receptacle (s) will be provided with a NEMA 5 -15, 120 volt, 15 amp, straight blade Kussmaul Super auto eject plug with a red weatherproof cover. The cover is spring loaded to close, preventing water from entering when the shoreline Is not connected. The unit is completely sealed to prevent road dirt contamination. A solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter is energized when the engine is started. This instantaneously drives the plug from the receptacle. An internal switch arrangement will be provided to disconnect the load prior to ejection to eliminate arcing of the connector contacts. The shoreline will be connected to battery conditioner and outlet. A mating connector body will also be supplied with the loose equipment. The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. ALTERNATOR A Leece- Neville, model 4962PA, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 320 amps, as measured by SAE method 356. The alternator will feature an integral, self diagnostic regulator and rectifier. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy -duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. MODIFICATION. ROOF TREADPLATE FOR ANTENNA Cut a 5.00 inch circle out of the roof treadplate for the customer's GPS antenna over the officer's seating position. ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed. The system will include the following features: System voltage monitoring. A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off, Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. High Idle to not be controlled by the load manager. If enabled: "Load Man Hi -Idle On" will display on the information center. Hi -Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. 44 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 PJAMPY1l The information center indicates system voltage. The information center includes a "Load Manager" screen Indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: ON = not shed SHED = shed SEQUENCER A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half- second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half - second intervals: Cab Heater and Air Conditioning Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) Exhaust Fans (if applicable) Third Evaporator (if applicable) Exterior lighting will meet or exceed Federal Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and National Fire Protection Association requirements in effect at time of proposal, Front headlights will be halogen, rectangular shape, one (1) pair mounted in each front trim housing. The LED directional lights will wrap- around on the outside comers of the trim housing. The headlight and LED directional lights will be in the same assembly. Five (5) LED clearance and marker lights will be installed across the leading edge of the cab, LICENSE PLATE BRACK There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the driver's side above the warning lights. 45 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -161 A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A bright finish light will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. WARNING LIGHTS (Cab Face) Four (4) Whelen Model M6* LED flashing warning lights will be installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. The driver's side front outside warning light to be red. The driver's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red. The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red. All four (4) lights will include a colored lens that is the same color of the LED's. All four (4) lights will be controlled by a lighted switch in the cab on the switch panel. The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set. WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, CAB There will be four (4) lights Amdor Luma Bar H2O, Model AY- 9500 -020, 20.00" LED weatherproof strip light(s) provided for each cab door. The lights will be activated automatically when the cab exit doors are opened and by the same means as the body perimeter lights. PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, BODY There will be a total of four (4) Amdor Luma Bar, H2O Model AY- 9500 -020 20" LED weatherproof strip lights with brackets provided on the apparatus. The lights will be mounted in the following locations: two (2) lights will be provided under the rear step area, and one (1) light will be provided each side under the pump panel running boards. The lights will be activated by switch in the cab. These lights will meet NFPA requirements for perimeter scene lights. BACK -UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid -state electronic audible back -up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. MANUAL, FIRE APPARATUS PARTS Two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus will be provided in hard copy with the completed unit. One (1) compact disc (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the Information from the above manual. The manual will contain the following: - Job number 46 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 NI ZIER a - Part numbers with full descriptions - Table of contents - Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly - Parts section sorted in Alphabetical order - Instructions on how to locate parts The manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE The service parts information included in this manual is also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. MANUALS, CHASSIS SERVICE Two (2) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components will be provided with the completed unit. One (1) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual. The manuals will contain the following sections: - Job number - Table of contents - Troubleshooting - Front Axle /Suspension - Brakes - Engine - Tires - Wheels - Cab - Electrical, DC - Air Systems - Plumbing - Appendix The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. MANUALS, CHASSIS OPERATION Two (2) chassis operation manuals will be provided. 47 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -163 One (1) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following: 1) Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. 2) A written load analysis, which will include the following: A) The nameplate rating of the alternator. B) The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). C) The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). D) Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. E) Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). 48 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -164 WATER TANK Booster tank will have a capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated. Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out. Tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA bulletin 1901 requirements. Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding. Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that is 8.00" long x 8.00" wide x 6.00" deep will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. TANK DRAIN A 1.50" tank drain will be installed with a 1.50" ball valve located underneath the left front compartment and properly labeled. 49 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -165 HOSE BED The hose body will be fabricated of .125" -5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength. The hose body width will be a minimum of 68.00" Inside. The interior of the hose bed will be unpainted with a DA finish. The upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity. The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to the painted surface when the hose is removed. The flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of .50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. Hose bed will accommodate High rise pack,200' of 1.75" , 600' of 2.5 ",800' of 4" hose, tool storage. Four (4) adjustable hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose. Each divider will be constructed of a .25" brushed aluminum sheet. Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance, or constructed of brushed aluminum. Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed. Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end. Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. DEFLECTOR, HOSE A 4" deep aluminum 4 -way hose deflector will be provided at the rear of the hosebed above the handrail. This deflector will extend 4.00" to the rear and have a angle support. There will be one (1) vertically hinged aluminum treadplate doors, provided at the rear of the officer's side above ladders storage area in the hose bed. The door will be equipped with a non - locking d -ring latch. LIGHTS, BELOW HOSE BED COVER Installed below the aluminum hosebed cover will be four (4) 6.00" diameter lights. Each light will have an integral switch located on the light lens. HOSE BED COVER A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down. The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover. If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors. Chrome grab handles and four (4) gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover. 50 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -166 HOSEBED RESTRAINT REAR There will be a red vinyl flap installed at the rear of the hosebed. The flap will be attached to the top hosebed frame with Lift -a -dot fasteners. The flap will have straps that loop through footman loops at the bottom of the hosebed and fasten with seat belt buckle fasteners and not weighted. RUNNING BOARDS Running boards will be fabricated of .125' bright aluminum treadplate. Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure. Running boards will be 12.75' deep and spaced .50" away from the pump panel. A splashguard will be provided above the running board treadplate. TAILBOARD The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly. The tailboard area will be 16.00" deep, The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUMMODY MATERIAL The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum. The rear facing surfaces of the bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body. Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be bright aluminum treadplate . TOW BAR A tow bar will be installed under the tailboard at center of truck. Tow bar will be fabricated of 1.00" CRS bar rolled into a 3.00" radius. Tow bar assembly will be constructed of .38" structural angle. When force is applied to the bar, it will be transmitted to the frame rail, Tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30- degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. Tow bar design will have been fully tested and evaluated using strain gauge testing and finite element analysis techniques. Body and compartments will be fabricated of .125 ", 5052 -1-132 aluminum. Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. 51 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -167 The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75' and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel. The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side, These covers will have the corners welded. Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops. Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided. The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. The support system will include .375" thick steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails with .625' diameter bolts. Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles will be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body. A steel frame will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure which will result in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment. The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body. Isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3) -point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. LOUVERS Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. TESTING OF BODY DESIGN Body structural analysis has been fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, stress coating and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure. 52 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -168 Body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in- service weight. The criteria used during the testing procedure will include: - Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9,00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb. - Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions. - Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road. - Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road. - Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement. Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. COMPARTMENTATION, DRMEWS SIDE A full height, roll -up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 27.50" wide x 58.25" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The height of the compartment will be measured from compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 21.75" wide x 58.25" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A roll -up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 25.38" high x 12.00" deep. The height of the compartment will be measured from compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed, The clear door opening of this compartment will be 58.25" wide x 25.12" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A full height, roll -up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.50" wide x 58.25" high x 12.00" deep. A section of this compartment will be 25.88" deep for the first 31.50" width x 26.00" height directly behind the rear wheels. The height of the compartment will be measured from compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 44.75" wide x 58.25' high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. 53 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -169 COMPARTMENTATION, PASSENGER'S SIDE A full height, roll -up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 27.50" wide x 58.25" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The height of the compartment will be measured from compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 21.75" wide x 58.25" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A roll -up door compartment over the rear wheels. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 25.38" high x 12.00" deep. The height of the compartment will be measured from compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 58.25" wide x 25.12" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A full height, roll -up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.50" wide x 58.25" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The height of the compartment will be measured from compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 44.75" wide x 58.25" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. ROLL -UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS There will be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors will be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing (Gortite). Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll -up door. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. 54 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 PUFAMP] To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter. The header for the roll -up door assembly will not exceed 4.00 ". A heavy -duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. COMPARTMENTATION, REAR A roll -up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 40.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 32.38" of height and 15.75" deep in the remaining upper portion. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. A louvered, removable access panel will be fumished on the back wall of the compartment. The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 33.25' wide x 32.38" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. ROLL -UP DOOR, REAR COMPARTMENT There will be a rear roll up door. The door will be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by A&A Manufacturing (Gortite). Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal . contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from plus 300 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll -up door. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Door will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surface will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter. The header for the roll -up door assembly will not exceed 4.00 ". A heavy -duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 55 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -171 DOOR GUARD There will be six (6) compartment doors that will include a guard /drip pan designed to protect the roll -up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed roll up compartments side compartments only., ROLL -UP DOOR TRIM The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted job color. There will be six (6) compartments with the trim painted. MOUNTING TRACKS There will be seven (7) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in all compartments. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment Interior. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be 13 shelves with a capacity of 500 pounds provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted to match the compartment interior. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location will be three in D3, one lower, two in Dl all upper, one in R1, two in P3 all upper, one in P2 and two in P1 one lower one upper. SWING OUT TOOLBOARD A swing out aluminum toolboard will be provided. It will be a minimum of .188" thick with .20" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. The board will be mounted on a pivoting device at the front of the compartment on the top and bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load will be 400 pounds. The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position. The board will be mounted stationary within the compartment. There will be One (1) toolboard(s) provided, will be painted to match compartment interior, and installed D2. SMOOTH ALUMINUM COMPARTMENT There will be a quantity of two (2) painted smooth aluminum compartment(s) provided above the one each side D -Ring latches were not supplied as required to the order. The now just wants to use two butterfly latches per door. 1 forward 1 rear ward. side body compartments. The compartment(s) will be 14.00" wide x 10.00" high x 145.25" long. The box will be provided with a aluminum treadplate door with a lift and turn latch. The compartment will be painted job color. The compartment(s) will have Amdor LED compartment light strips running horizontally along the inboard edge of the inside of the compartment. 56 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -172 MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR Dri -Deck rubber compartment matting will be provided in seven (7) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, all compartments. The Dri -Deck will be black and .562" thick with holes in the decking to allow air to flow. The leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING Dri -Deck rubber compartment matting will be provided in 13 shelves. The locations are, all shelves. The Dri -Deck will be black and .562" thick with holes In the decking to allow air to flow. PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT Two (2) partitions will be bolted in place to separate driver and passenger side rear compartments from the rear tailboard compartment. RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. A rubber welting will be installed between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. HARD SUCTION HOSE Hard suction hose will not be required. HANDRAILS The handrails will be 1.25" diameter anodized provide a positive gripping surface. aluminum extrusion, with a ribbed design, to Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. - Four (4) handrails will be provided with one above the driver side pump panel, one above the passenger side pump panel, and one on each side on the front body bulkhead. - One (1) vertical handrail, not less than 29.00" long, will be located on each rear beavertail. - One (1) full width horizontal handrail will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus. - Three (3) handrails will be provided mounted one on the drivers side and passengers side on top of the rear catwalk for climbing on and off of the treadplate hosebed cover. One on the P.S. front body side sheet to hold on when packing hose in the crosslay.. 57 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -173 HANDRAILS (Interior Crew Cab Doors) The handrails will be provided on each interior crew cab door pan. The handrails will be mounted at a 45 degree angle. These are in place of the standard crew cab door handles. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single bottle) A total of three (3) air bottle compartments will be provided and located fore and aft left side, front right side. The air bottle compartment will be in the form of a round tube, 7.63" diameter, and will be of adequate depth to accommodate different size air bottles. The flooring will be rubber lined and have a drain hole. A stainless steel door with a chrome - plated latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Doublet A total of one (1) air bottle compartment will be provided. right side behind rear axle. Each air bottle compartment will be of adequate size to accommodate two (2) air bottles. Flooring will be rubber lined and be furnished with a drain hole. A stainless steel door with a chrome plated latch will be provided to contain the air bottles. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. EXTENSION LADDER There will be a 24', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 900 -A extension ladder provided. ROOFLADDER There will be a 14' aluminum, Duo - Safety, Series 775 -A roof ladder provided. LADDER STORAGE The ladders will be stored between the water tank and the passenger's side compartments. The ladders will extend into the pump compartment just to the rear of the water pump discharges. The ladder storage area will be enclosed as practical by means of sheet metal to protect the ladders from road dirt. The ladders that extend into the pump house will also be enclosed. A black rubber boot will be provided to enclosed the ladders in the gap between the pump house and the body. Each ladder will be stored vertically in a separate stainless steel storage trough. Each stainless steel trough will be lined with Dura -Surf nylon slides. A bright aluminum treadplate enclosure will be provided at the rear of the body to properly contain the ladders. This enclosure will extend to the rear of the side body compartments. The enclosure will also include a vertically hinged smooth aluminum door with a D- handle latch to access the ladders. FOLDING LADDER One (1) 10' aluminum, Series 585 -A Duo -Safety folding ladder will be installed in a U- shaped trough inside the ladder storage compartment. PIKE POLE, 8' One (1) pike pole, Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model GBH -10, 10' long Gator Back Hook, will be provided and located in the ladder compartment. PIKE POLE, 8' One (1) pike pole, Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model GBH -6, 6' long Gator Back Hook, will be provided and located in the ladder compartment. 58 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -174 PIKE POLE 8 FT, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 5.8.3 requires one (1) 8 ft or longer pike pole mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole. PIKE POLE 6 FT, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 5.8.3 requires one (1) 6 ft pike pole or plaster hook mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole. PIKE POLE STORAGE Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles and will be located in the ladder compartment. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. STEPS A folding step will be provided on the front of each fender compartment. The step will be bright finished, non -skid with a luminescent coating that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to 24 hours. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The step can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. REAR FOLDING STEPS Chrome Eberhard folding steps and corner steps will be provided at the rear. All steps will provide adequate surface for stepping. SLIDE -OUT PLATFORM Two (2) slideout platforms will be provided one each side of the pump compartment. The capacity rating will be 500 Ibs in the extended position. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. There will be a Whelen, part number 01- 066D068 -00, 3.00" round white 12 volt DC LED light provided to illuminate the ground area. 59 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -175 PUMP Pump will be a Waterous CSU, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type. Pump will be the class "A" type. Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. - 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. - 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Pump body will be close - grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two (2) sections for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings). Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping. Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used. Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (3) 3.50" openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency. The three (3) 3.50" openings will be located as follows: one (1) outlet to the right of the pump, one (1) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (1) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold. Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti - friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller will have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply. Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. Pump will be equipped with a self- adjusting, maintenance -free, mechanical shaft seal. The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body. In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation. Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. PUMP TRANSMISSION The pump transmission will be made of a three (3) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing. Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY -VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears, 50% of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (2) or three (3) teeth doing all the work. 60 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -176 Drive shafts will be 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. AIR PUMP SHIFT Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back -up shift control will also be located on the driver's side pump panel. Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged ". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump ". Another green indicator light will be installed adjacent to the hand throttle on the pump panel and indicate either the pump Is engaged and the road transmission is In pump gear, or the road transmission is in neutral and the pump is not engaged. This indicator light will be labeled "Warning: Do not open throttle unless light is on ". The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. TRANSMISSION LOCK -UP The direct gear transmission lock -up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control, in the cab, is activated. AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be cylindrical type and will be a separate unit. The heat exchanger will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An Elkhart relief valve will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. Relief valve will have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. Outlet will terminate below the framerails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag. Control will be located behind an access door at the right (passenger's) side pump panel. RELIEF VALVE A Waterous adjustable relief valve, specially designed for fire service, will be provided. Valve will be positive, quick acting, and include an instantaneous on /off control. When in the off position, the relief valve will functionally be removed from the system. When turned back to the on position, the relief valve will again monitor and maintain the previous pressure setting. Control for adjusting pressure will be elliptical shaped for positive grip. An easily removable pilot valve strainer will be provided and be accessible from the pump operator's panel. Two (2) indicator lights will be furnished, showing the position of the relief valve (amber for open and green for closed). 61 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -177 PRIMER An electric pump priming system will be furnished with the apparatus. It will consist of a rotary vane priming pump, driven by a 12 volt electric motor. All rotating parts of the pump will be made of corrosion resistant aluminum, stainless steel, or laminated phenolic. Pump cylinder will be made of aluminum alloy, hard anodized and Teflon coated, for corrosion resistance and long life. The primer will be built by the manufacturer of the fire pump. A control located at the pump control panel will operate the primer. When dry, the pump system will be capable of taking suction through 20 feet of hard suction hose and discharging water in not more than the time allowed by current NFPA 1901 standard. Also, rated capacity of the pump will be achieved at the lift stated in current NFPA 1901 standard table. RECIRCULATING LINE, WITH CHECK VALVE A .50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve Is left in the open position. THERMAL RELIEF VALVE A Waterous Overheat Protection Manager (OPM) will be included on the pump that monitors pump water temperature and opens to relieve water to cool the pump when the temperature of the pump water exceeds 140 Degrees F (60 C) and a red warning light that is triggered when the water in the pump reaches 180 F (82 c). The warning light will act as an additional protection device if the temperature in the pump keeps rising after the valve opens. The warning light with a test switch will be mounted on the pump operator panel. The discharge line will be plumbed to ground. PUMP MANUALS Two (2) pump manuals from the pump manufacturer will be furnished in compact disc format with the apparatus. The manuals will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. PLUMBING All inlet and outlet plumbing, 3.00" and smaller, will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with high - tensile polyester braid. If hose is used, it must have a minimum burst rating of 1,000 psi and be equipped with high pressure couplings. Larger inlets and outlets will be threaded or welded black iron pipe. Small diameter secondary plumbing such as drain lines will be stainless steel, brass or hose. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. All lines to drain through either a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All individual drain lines for discharges will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing. 62 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/712013 21 -178 MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will Include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. INLET VALVES WITH INTAKE RELIEF VALVE Two (2) butterfly valves Task Force Tips Model ABl ST -NX ball intake valve will be installed on the both the driver's side and the passenger's side main pump inlets main pump inlets. The valves will be located outside the pump panel. The intake valve will have a 4" NST connection by 6.00" female NST swivel. Valves will be manually actuated, with a handwheel. The valve will include an adjustable relief valve. VALVES All ball valves will be Akron Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy -duty style With a stainless steel ball and a simple two -seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty. INLET (Left side) On the left side pump panel will be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. INLET (Right side) On the right side pump panel will be one (1) 2.50" auxiliary suction, terminating in 2.50" National Standard Hose Thread. The auxiliary suction will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. Inlet valve location will be outside the pump panel. ANODE, INLET A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion. INLET CONTROL Control for the side auxiliary inlet(s) will be located at the inlet valve. INLET (Front) A 4.00" inlet front inlet with die cast zinc screens will be provided using 5.00" stainless steel pipe and a 5.00" butterfly valve. Only radiused elbows will be used in the piping, no mitered joints. Drains are furnished in all the low points of piping and have .75" valves with swing handle. A bleeder valve will be located at the threaded connection. The front suction will be located on the passenger side of the bumper extension. 63 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -179 CONTROL, FRONT INLEY The front suction will be gated with an electric operated control located at the pump operators panel. The controller will be an Akron Navigator Model 9313, which will allow the valve to be gated for ease of operation. The controller will have individual red, yellow and green lights to show the valve position. A manual override will be provided on the valve. A stainless steel door located on the passenger side pump panel will be provided for access to the manual override, A momentary toggle switch will be provided behind the stainless steel access door near the manual override. The switch will cut off power to the valve to allow for manual valve actuation. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An intake relief valve, preset at 125 psig, will be installed on the inlet side of the valve. Relief valve will have a working range of 75 psig to 250 psig. Outlet will terminate below the framerails. The front inlet will have National Standard hose threads with a long handle chrome plated cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected, The front suction will have a 4.00" swivel with National Standard hose threads and a long handle chromed plated cap. The swivel will have a smooth surface chrome finish. INLET (Rear) A 3.00" rear inlet will be provided with the control located at the operator's panel. The inlet will be located at the rear of the body on the driver's side. The inlet will be furnished with a National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, swivel and plug. INLET BLEEDER VALVE A .75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet, The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. TANK TO PUMP The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down Into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. 64 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -180 WANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re- circulation line will be provided, using a quarter -turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Left Side) There will be two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. DISCHARGE OUTLETS (Right Side) There will be one (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a male 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter. DISCHARGE OUTLET, 4.00" There will be a 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with male a 4.00" National Standard hose thread adapter. This discharge outlet will be actuated with a handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel. An indicator will be provided to show when the valve is in the closed position. DISCHARGE OUTLET (Frontl There will be a 1.50" gated discharge outlet plumbed to the lower portion of the tray in the driver's side front bumper extension. The outlet will be centered near the bottom in the selected tray. The discharge will have a 90- degree swivel and terminate with 1.50" NHT. Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping with a 2.00" full flow ball valve controlled at the pump operator's panel. Automatic drains will be provided at all low points in the plumbing. DISCHARGE OUTLET (Rear) There will be one (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, on driver's side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. DISCHARGE CAPS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains will be furnished for all side discharge outlets. The caps will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. OUTLET BLEEDERS A .75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 65 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -181 ELBOWS, LEFT SIDE OUTLETS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the left side pump panel, will be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure In the line when disconnected. ELBOWS, RIGHT SIDE OUTLETS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the right side pump panel, will be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. ELBOWS, REAR OUTLETS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located at the rear of the apparatus, will be furnished with a 2.50 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50 "(M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a Pierce exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. ELBOW. 4.00" OUTLET The 4.00" outlet will be furnished with a 4.00 "(F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00 "(M) National Standard thirty (30) degree chrome elbow adapter with a chrome rocker lug cap. DISCHARGE DRAIN VALVES Provide a manual style drain in all low plumbing points that would normally have automatic drains. DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 6.25" diameter chrome plated handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel. DELUGE RISER A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be rigidly braced and installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel. The outlet will include an Akron valve with a handwheel control. TELESCOPIC PIPING The deluge riser piping will include a 12.00" Task Force Model XG12 Extend -A -Gun extension. This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 12.00" increasing the range of operation. A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. 66 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -182 MONITOR An Akron Model 3423 monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser. This monitor will include both a fixed mounting base and a portable base with two (2) clappered 2.5" inlets. The monitor will be Akron painted. MONITOR NOZZLE An Akron Brass 1755 manual pattern control master stream nozzle shall be provided. Also included is an Elkhart ST -194 Quad stack tips and 282A shaper. The deluge riser will have a 3.00" four (4) -bolt flange for mounting the monitor. CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS, 1.50" Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 250' of 1.75" single stack and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and-gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish. Vertical scuffplates, constructed of stainless steel, will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle. Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS, 2.50" One (1) crosslay with 2.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed will be capable of carrying 200' of 2.5" single stack and will be plumbed with 2.50" W. pipe and gated with a 2.50" quarter turn ball valve. The outlets will be equipped with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish. The remainder of the crosslay bed will be painted job color. Stainless steel vertical scuffplates will be provided at hose bed ends (each side of vehicle). Bottom of hose bed ends (each side) will also be equipped with a stainless steel scuffplate. Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. HOSE RESTRAINT SIDES one (1) vinyl cover will be provided on each end of crosslay /speedlay /deadlay beds to secure the hose during travel. There will be one cover provided across each end to cover the entire end regardless of the number of beds covered. Color shall be red To secure hose during travel, vinyl end skirts with seat belt buckle style latches will be provided. 67 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -183 CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT An aluminum treadplate cover, hinged at the front will be installed over the top of the crosslay /deadlay(s). It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface. The cover will be provided with no stay arm device hold open device. CROSSLAY 8.00" LOWER THAN STANDARD The crosslays will be lowered 8.00" from standard. SPECIAL HEIGHT CROSSLAY DIVIDER The crosslay divider will be 24.00" in height. CROSSLAY ROLLER A stainless steel roller will be mounted horizontally across the bottom of each crosslay bed to aid in hose removal. CROSSLAYS The front crosslay divider will be reinforced with 3/16" aluminum treadplate so that it does not move and allows the latches to latch. The treadplate will span from the top edge of the front crosslay divider down the front of the body as far as practical. CROSSLAY SCUFFPLATE The front and rear crosslay walls, (dividers not included), will be lined with brushed stainless steel scuffplates. Scuffplates will be unpainted. HUSKY 3 FOAM PROPORTIONER A Pierce Husky@ 3 foam proportioning system will be provided. The Husky 3 is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically proportion foam solution at rates from .1 percent to 3.0 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump. The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. System Capacity The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent 300 gpm @ 1 percent 600 gpm @ 0.5 percent Class A foam setting in .1 percent increments from .1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, .5 percent and 3 percent (maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity). Control System The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on /off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes. 68 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -184 The percent of injection will have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands. Three (3) .50 tall LEDs will display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs will also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs will indicate various system operation or error states. The indications will be: Solid Green - System On Solid Red - Valve Position Error Solid Yellow - Priming System Flashing Green - Injecting Foam Flashing Red - Low Tank Level Flashing Yellow - Refilling Tank The control display will house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position /rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. Hydraulic ®eive System The foam concentrate pump will be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor will be integrated into one (1) unit. Foam Concentrate Purn The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self - priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction. A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR -AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self - priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails. External Foam Concentrate Connection An external foam pick -up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick -up will be designed to allow continued operation after the on -board foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank. 69 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -185 Panel Mounted External Pick -Up Connection / Valve A bronze three (3) -way valve will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit will function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick -up will be one (1) .75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap. Pick-Up Hose A .75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a .75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose. Discharges The foam system will be plumbed to five (5) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be front, two 1.75" one 2.5" crosslay, rear 2.5 ". System Electrical Load The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC. FOAM GENERATING SYSTEM, CAF A Pierce Hercules@ system rated to provide 200 cfm capacity for generating compressed air foam will be provided. The system will supply five (5) discharges with compressed air foam. It will be capable of providing foam solution or compressed air foam from any of the specified CAFS discharges simultaneously. In addition, the consistency of the compressed air foam (wet to dry) from each discharge will be adjustable. All CAF capable discharges will have the discharge valve control, air injection control, and discharge pressure gauge mounted in a group on the operator's panel. Each CAF capable discharge will feature a wafer type check valve to prevent reverse flows of compressed air foam that is integrated into the discharge valve. The wafer check valve will be a type and design approved by the manufacturer of the discharge valve. DISCHARGES TO CAF CAPABLE The front, two crosslays, 2.5" crosslay and rear 2.5" outlet discharges will be capable of discharging compressed air foam. There is no second pump on the vehicle A Pierce Hercules@ oil Flooded rotary screw compressor rated at 200 cfm @ 150 psig will be provided. The compressor will be mounted between the chassis frame rails. The compressor will be driven by the vehicle transmission through a clutch type PTO. All components of the system will be sized and rated for the system to deliver compressed air, uninterrupted, for up to two (2) hours at a time without undue stresses, vibrations, or overheating. The air compressor will be capable of delivering the rated capacity of the compressor when the fire pump is delivering 400 gpm @150 psi from tank or draft. All components of the air compressor system will be readily available on the domestic air compressor market (USA). The compressor will be designed and assembled by Pierce Manufacturing using standard components available to air compressor OEM's. The PTO will be a 10 bolt SAE type mounted to the PTO opening of the vehicle's Allison transmission. The PTO will be rated for at least 20 percent more torque throughput than the air compressor will demand. The air /oil separator for the compressor system will be easily serviced. The separator will be inside the air /oil receiver tank. The separator will consist of two stages. The first stage being a centrifuge arrangement engineered into the tank. The second stage will be a dual 70 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -186 cartridge arrangement featuring an inside to outside flow of the air through the cartridges. The separation system will be capable of a 250 SUM flow at 40 psi tank pressure. The allowable oil carry over will be no more than 10 parts per million oil in air. A steel air /oil receiver tank will be provided. The tank will be constructed and tested to the applicable standards as addressed by NFPA 1901 for CAF system air compressor tanks. The tank will be mounted in a manner that allows easy access to the fill opening and the level sight gauges. The tank will be of the vertical type with the minimum pressure valve of the compressor system integrated Into the top of the tank. The minimum pressure valve will be rotatable to facilitate different discharge arrangements from the tank. The compressor lubricant will be filtered by cartridge type filter. The filter will have a 25 micron rating and a safety bypass valve. The filter assembly will be mounted and located in a manner that allows easy service. A thermostat valve will be integrated into the oil filter assembly's housing. The thermostat will route lubricant to the oil cooler to maintain the compressors temperature between minimum and maximum limits. A water /oil cooler will be provided to cool the compressor. The cooler will be sized to meet the duty cycle requirements as specified. The oil cooler will use water from the vehicle fire pump as the cooling medium and will be protected from freezing by adequate drains and other means. A heavy duty, automotive type, dry element air cleaner will be provided. The air cleaner will be mounted in such a manner as to be easily serviced. The air cleaner will be mounted, or the inlet of the filter routed, in such a manner that the air cleaner intakes fresh air from outside the vehicle body. The system will have the following safety or monitoring devices. Minimum pressure valve Compressor lube temperature gauge Compressor system pressure gauge Air flow meter Compressor lube temperature warnings, audible and visible High pressure relief valve on receiver tank Applicable warning and information decals The compressors PTO controls will be installed in such a manner as to render the PTO inoperative if the fire pump is not engaged. Further, the air compressor's PTO engagement will be prevented at compressor pressures above 10 psi at compressor re -start. The air compressor will be controlled by a modulating inlet valve mounted on the air compressors inlet port. A controller will be provided that senses air pressure and controls the delivery volume of the air compressor while maintaining a constant pressure. The controller will feature an automatic balancing system to maintain the air pressure within plus or minus 5 percent of the discharge pressure of the fire pump, throughout a pressure range of 60 psi to 175 psi. The compressor system will have operators controls at the pump panel for the following functions. Automatic pressure regulation, to match the compressor discharge pressure to the pump discharge pressure 71 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 PJANNI Fixed pressure regulation, to set the air pressure at on pressure for the use of air tools, etc. PTO engagement switch PTO engaged indicator light AIR TOOL OUTLET A 1.00" air outlet supplied by the foam system compressor will be provided on one of the pump panels. This outlet will have a chrome plated 1.00" FNST swivel fitting at the panel and a valve behind the pump panel. The outlet will be capable of supplying the capacity of the compressor. A mating 1.00" MNST x 1.00" NPT fitting will be supplied with loose equipment. REFILL, SINGLE FOAM TANK The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick -up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut -off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED will illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence. FOAM TANK CONTROL A switch for the foam tank discharge will be provided. This switch will control the foam "A" or tank "B" selection for foam solution to the foam pump. FOAM SYSTEM TRAINING The fire department will order one (1) vehicle with this foam system. The operation of the foam system will be demonstrated at the plant where the apparatus was manufactured. This demonstration will include: - A review of the foam system manual, emphasizing key areas - A walk around review of the system components on the finished truck - A hands -on foam system start -up and foam discharge session - Instructions on the use of the manual overrides - A demonstration explaining the proper way to shutdown and flush the foam system. FOAM TANK The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank will be Fire Aid 2000. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. FOAM TANK DRAIN A system of 1.00" foam tank drains will be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer will 1.00" diameter. The foam 72 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 system controller will have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer will be usable as a tank drain mode. An adaptor will be supplied, that allows the 1.00" foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a drain outlet. The standard supplied 1.00" foam pick up hose will be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode will allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re -fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. FOAM TANK The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class B foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank will be to be determined. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen In the fill dome and a breather in the lid. FOAM TANK DRAIN The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" drain valve located inside the pump compartment accessible through a door on the passenger's side pump panel. PUMP COMPARTMENT The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards. The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits In a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly. PUMP MOUNTING Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber Isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex Independently without damage to the fire pump. PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Side Control) All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly marked. The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. The left (driver's) side will be fastened with screws. The control panels will be 52.00" wide. The gauge and control panels will be two (2) separate panels for ease of maintenance. The side gauge panel will be hinged at the bottom with a full length stainless steel hinge. The fasteners used to hold the panel in the upright position will be quarter turn type. Vinyl covered cable or chains will be used to hold the gauge panel in the dropped position. Polished stainless steel trim collars will be installed around all inlets and outlets. All push /pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push /pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push /pull valve controls will be capable of 73 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -189 locking in any position. The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle. All discharge outlets will have color coded Identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge. All line pressure gauges will be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and Identification bezels will be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws. PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration will be laid out per the following special instructions match Newport Beach Engine 63. PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. The passenger's side pump panel will be removable and fastened with swell type fasteners. PUMP PANEL GAUGES AND CONTROLS The following will be provided on the pump and gauge panels in a neat and orderly fashion: - Engine Oil Pressure Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Engine Water Temperature Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Tachometer: Electric - Master Pump Drain Control - Voltmeter - Engine Throttle Active only when pump is in gear. - Check Transmission Warning Indicator Light - Stop Engine Warning Indicator Light - Check Engine Warning Indicator Light. - Fuel Gauge AIR BORN SWITCH An air horn control switch will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This switch will be red and properly labeled and put within easy reach of the operator in the electrical switch panel. RADIO SPEAKER A University, Model MM -2F, radio speaker will be provided and mounted at the pump panel. There will be a weatherproof off /on /volume control provided on the pump panel. Wiring will be provided from the control to the high on the pump panel for the customer's connection. 74 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -190 GAUGES, VACUUM and PRESSURE The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1, Inc. The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -600 #. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in, standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label. PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interiube filled and manufactured by Class 1. The gauges will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering. Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum /pressure range of 30.00 " -0 -600 #. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. WATER LEVEL GAUGE An electronic water level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers water level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra - bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The water level indicators will be as follows: - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the water tank is empty. The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level. WATER LEVEL GAUGE, CAB SIDES There will be one (1) additional water level indicator, Whelen, Model: PSTANK, LED module, Installed side of cab. 75 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -191 This light module will include four (4) colored levels, and function similar to the water level indicator located at the operators panel: • First green module indicates a full water level. • Second blue module indicates a water level above 3/4 full. • Third amber module indicates a water level above 1/2 full. • Last red module indicates a water level above 1/4 full and empty. • Above 1/4 this light will be steady burning. • At empty this light will be flashing. This module will be activated when the pump is in gear. FOAM LEVEL GAUGE An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra - bright five LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows: - 100% = Green - 75% = Yellow - 50% = Yellow - 25% = Yellow - Refill = Red The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty. The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. LIGHT SHIEL® There will be a polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield will be installed over the pump operators panel. There will be three (3) On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stick, 18.00" LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. 76 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -192 There will be a green pump engaged indicator light activated on at the operator's panel when the pump is shifted into gear from inside the cab. ADDITIONAL LIGHT SHIELD An additional polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield will be provided above passenger's side pump panel. There will be three (3) On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stick, 18.00" white LED light strips installed under the light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. The lights will be operated from a switch on the pump panel. ELECTRICAL HARNESSING INSTALLATION All 12 -volt wiring and harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to specification PM -QA W -101: Pierce manufacturing Wiring Harness Specification. To ensure rugged dependability, all wiring harnesses installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following specifications: SAE ]1128 - Low tension primary cable SAE 31292 - Automobile, truck, truck - tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring . SAE 3163 - Low tension wiring and cable terminals and splice clips SAE 32202 - Heavy duty wiring systems for on- highway trucks NFPA 1901- Standard for automotive fire apparatus FMVSS 302 - Flammability of interior materials for passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, trucks and buses SAE 31939 - Serial communications protocol SAE 32030 - Heavy -duty electrical connector performance standard SAE 32223 - Connections for on board vehicle electrical wiring harnesses NEC - National Electrical Code SAE 3561- Electrical terminals - Eyelet and spade type SAE 3928 - Electrical terminals - Pin and receptacle type A Wiring will be run in loom where exposed, and have grommets or other edge protection where wires pass through metal. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Wire colors will be integral to each wire insulator and run the entire length of each wire. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. All wiring installed between the cab and into doors will be enclosed within an expandable rubber boot to protect the wiring. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All wire ends not placed into connectors will be sealed with a heat shrink end cap. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab 77 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -193 roof. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. For low cost of ownership, electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will be quickly accessible. For ease of use, a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from the mounting area for inspection and service work. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to non - waterproof electrical connectors located outside of the cab or body. All non - waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation of the plug. Any lights containing non - waterproof sockets in a weather- exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have DOW 1890 protective Coating applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. Rubber coated metal clamps will be used to support wire harnessing and battery cables routed along the chassis frame rails. Heat shields will be used to protect harnessing in areas where high temperatures exist. Harnessing passing near the engine exhaust will be protected by a heat shield. All braided wire harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. BATTERY CABLE INSTALLATION All 12 -volt battery cables and battery cable harnessing installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to the following requirements: SAE 31127 - Battery Cable SAE J561 - Electrical terminals, eyelets and spade type SAE J562 - Nonmetallic loom SAE 3836A - Automotive metallurgical joining SAE 31292 - Automotive truck, truck - tractor, trailer and motor coach wiring NFPA 1901- Standard for automotive fire apparatus Battery cables and battery cable harnessing will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All battery cables and battery harnesses will have a permanent label attached for easy identification of the harness part number and fabrication date. For ease of identification and simplified use, battery cables will be color coded. All positive battery cables will be red in color or wrapped in red loom the entire length of the cable. All negative battery cables will be black in color. For ease of identification, all positive battery cable isolated studs throughout the cab and chassis will be red in color. For increased reliability and reduced maintenance, all electrical buss bars located on the exterior of the apparatus will be coated to prevent corrosion. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT INSTALLATION All lighting used on the apparatus will be, at a minimum, a two (2) wire light grounded through a wired connection to the battery system. 78 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -194 An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. STEP LIGHTS Four (4) white LED, step lights will be provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot - candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch. All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. REAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop /tall and directional LED lighting will consist of the following: • Two (2) Whelen, Model M6BTT red LED stop /tail lights. • Two (2) Whelen, Model MIST amber LED arrow turn lights. Each light will be installed in a housing and include colored lenses. Four (4) red reflectors will be provided. BACKUP LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model: M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. REAR I®/MARKER ® ®T LIGHTING There will be one (1) Truck -Lite Model 15050R three (3) LED light kit used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: • As close as practical to the vertical centerline. • Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart. • Red in color. • All at the same height. There will be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: • To indicate the overall width of the vehicle. • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. • As near the top as practical. • Red in color. • To be visible from the rear. There will be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus as close to the rear as practical per the following: e To indicate the overall length of the vehicle. 79 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -195 • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline. • As near the top as practical. • Red in color. • To be visible from the side. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. LIGHTING BEZEL There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P , four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop /tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. ADDITIONAL BRAKE /TAIL LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen, Model M6BTT, LED brake /tail light with chrome plated trim and red lens provided at the rear of the body, above rear compartment centered over the door.. PARKING BRAKE INTERLOCK An audible alarm will be installed to provide notification any time the ignition switch is turned off without the parking brake being set. CORNERING /SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) pairs of Whelen®, Model 50CO2ZCR clear LED lights provided on the apparatus. The lights will be provided on the front bumper extension below warning and the rear fender panel. The LED lights will be wired so they activate and cancel with the directional lights, cancel with the 4 -way flashers and activate by a switch in the cab. The lights will be surface mounted in a chrome flange. MAP LIGHT There will be one (1) Sunnex, Model HS762 -00 Swivel Joint halogen adjustable map lights with a switch control on base of light installed ceiling mounted over the left shoulder. AUXILIARY SIDE MARKER LIGHTS A set of two (2) LED marker lights will be installed on each side of the vehicle body two each side forward on the lower body and rear corner. All marker lights will be actuated with the headlight switch. LIGHT, INTERMEDIATE There will be one (1) pair, of Truck -Lite, Model: 60115Y, amber, LED, turn signal, marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, horizontally in the rear fender panel. A stainless steel trim will be included with this installation. "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released. DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages will be displayed on the gauge panel LCD located forward of the steering wheel directly in front of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The 80 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -196 messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages will be displayed (where applicable): Do Not Move Truck DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) Rear Body Door Open DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) Deck Gun Not Stowed Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) Hatch Door Open Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold -A -Tank Not Stowed) Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) Stabilizer Not Stowed Steps Not Stowed Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be seven (7) compartments with On Scene Solutions LED compartment light strips. The strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. The compartments with these strip lights will be located all compartments. Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL The mechanical siren WIII be actuated by a push button located on the officer's side instrument panel and by a foot switch on the driver's side. PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT A pump compartment light will be provided inside the right side pump enclosure and accessible through a door on the pump panel. A .125" weep hole will be provided in each light lens, preventing moisture retention. 81 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -197 SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6ZC LED scene light(s) with chrome flange(s) installed at the rear of the apparatus, upper rear compartment bulkheads. A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a switch at the rear of apparatus on the driver's side These 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen Pioneer, Model PCP2, 12 volt LED combination spot/flood light(s) provided on the front visor, centered. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) will be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. Lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be four (4) Whelen Model PFP2, 12 volt LED floodlight(s) installed in semi - recessed housing(s) Model PBA203 located two each side in the upper section of the body. The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: Two switches located on the driver's side switch panel to independently control the body scene lights. Two switches located on the driver's side switch panel to independently control the driver's side body side scene lights and the passenger's side scene lights. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set CAB SPOTLIGHT Two (2) GOLIGHT, Model 2020, spotlights will be mounted one (1) each side on the cab roof, one each side just to the rear of the lightbar to the outside edge of the treadplate.. Each spotlight will be remote controlled from inside the cab, by a four (4) position joystick. HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT There will be four (4) Pelican Products, Model 9410 LED, 12v DC rechargeable lights mounted one in D3, one each side under the front facing seat, and one loose. The color will be yellow, Each charger will be hard wired to the 12 VDC system. AIR HORN SYSTEM Two (2) Grover air horns will be provided and located, in the front bumper, recessed one each side. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" 82 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -198 tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in -line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi -beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. AIR HORN CONTROL The air horns will be actuated by a chrome push button located on the officer side of the engine tunnel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. A Whelen, Model: 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. Siren head will be located on a swivel bracket mounted on the engine tunnel so that it is accessible to both the driver and officer. The swivel bracket will be capable of rotating a minimum of 180 degrees. Siren will be actuated by one (1) foot switch located on the driver's side and by a push button located on the officer's side instrument panel. SPEAKER There will be one (1) speaker provided. Each speaker will be a Whelen, Model SA122FMP, cast aluminum, 100 -watt, flange mount with polished aluminum finish. Each speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier. The speaker(s) will be recessed in the front bumper on the driver's side, MECHANICAL SIREN. (Auxiliary) A Federal Q26 siren will be furnished. A siren brake button will be installed on the switch panel. The control solenoid will be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated. The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the right side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework. LIGHTSAR There will be one (1) 88.00" Whelen Freedom, Model FN * *QLED, LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof. The lightbar will include the following: • Two (2) red flashing LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) steady red LED modules facing forward. • Two (2) white flashing LED modules facing forward. 83 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -199 • Two (2) red flashing corner LED modules, one in each front corner • One (1) red flashing LED module facing the driver side. • One (1) red flashing LED module facing the passenger side. • One (1) GTT Model 795 LED OpticomT" traffic light controller with national standard high priority. The color of the lenses will be the same color as the LED's. There will be two (2) switches located on a cab switch panel will control this lightbar. • One (1) switch will control all the warning lights. • One (1) switch will control the traffic light controller. The white warning lights and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied. WARNING LIGHTS (CAB GOOF SIDES) Two (2) 24.00" Whelen, Freedom Mini LED lightbars will be mounted on the roof, one (1) on each side, over the crew cab doors. Each lighthar will include the following: Two (2) red flashing corner LED modules. Two (2) red flashing LED lights. These lightbars will be controlled by the roof light switch. Each lightbar will be furnished with a red lens. This lightbar may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Six (6) Whelen Model M6* LED flashing warning lights with bezels will be located in the following positions: Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The side front lights to be red. Two (2) lights, behind crew cab door. The side middle lights to be red. Two (2) lights, above rear fender. The side rear lights to be red. All six (6) lights will include a lens that is the same color of the LED's. All six (6) lights will be controlled by a lighted switch on the cab switch panel. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided one each side at the front of the upper body corner. The color of the lights will be red. All of these lights will include a lens color that is the same as the LED's 84 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 f idliDl These lights will be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights. WARNING LIGHTS (Side) There will be four (4) Whelen LIN3 Super LED lights, Model RS *02ZCR, provided and located in the body rub rails two each side, The color of each light will be red LED with clear lens. Each light will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange. The light(s) will be activated with the side warning switch. REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING Two (2) Whelen, Model M6* LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be red. The passenger's side rear light to be red. Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. Both lights will be controlled by a lighted switch on the switch panel. WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side apner zones) Four (4) Whelen, model M6* LED flashing warning lights will be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The side rear upper light on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light on the passenger's side to be red. The side rear upper light on the passenger's side to be red. These lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. One (1) switch located in the cab on the switch panel will control these lights. TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen model TAL65 36.01" long x 2.84" high x 2.24" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus. The Whelen model TACTLD1 control head will be included with this installation. The auxiliary warning mode will be activated with the emergency master switch. This traffic directing light will be recessed with a stainless steel trim plate at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. The traffic directing light controller will be located within the switch panel on the center console. The controller will be within easy reach of the driver, EMERGENCY MASTER SWTMH The label for the Emergency Master switch will be red. 11® VOLT INTERIOR RECEPTACLE Receptacle will be a NEMA 5 -15, 120 volt, 15 amp, three (3) wire duplex household type connected to the shoreline. 85 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -201 There will be one (1) receptacle provided. in the EMS cab compartment. LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit: - One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit. The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 5.8.2 and 5.8.3 will be provided by the fire department. All loose equipment will be installed on the apparatus before placed in emergency service, unless the fire department waives NFPA section 4.21. a 800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose. a 400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose. One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L /min) minimum. a Two (2) hardline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L /min) minimum. a One (1) playpipe with shutoff and 1.00" (25 mm), 1.125" (29 mm), and 1.25" (32 mm) tips. a One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981, Standard on Open- Circuit Self- Contained Breathing Apparatus for Fire and Emergency Services, for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. a One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). a One (1) first aid kit. a Four (4) combination spanner wrenches mounted in bracket(s) fastened to the apparatus. Two (2) hydrant wrenches mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components (if equipped with an aerial device). One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. a One (1) double male 2.50' (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. a One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. a Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft x 14 ft (3.7 m x 4.3 m). a One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI /ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five -point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. a Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro - reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro- reflective white band 2.00" (5]. mm) below the 6,00" (152 mm) band. a Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. a One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). 86 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -202 • If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6. • If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake. • If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2,50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake. SOFT SUCTION HOSE, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 5.7.2 requires a minimum of 20 ft of suction hose or 15 ft of supply hose. Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose. - One (1) extinguisher, 10 pound, CO2 DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER There will be One (1) extinguisher, 20 pound, dry chemical extinguisher(s) provided. There will be One (1) extinguisher, 2.50 gallon pressurized water extinguisher(s). AXE, FLATHEAD, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 5.8.3 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. AXE, PICKHEAD, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, Section 5.8.3 requires one (1) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. PAINT - BODY PAINTED TO MATCH CAB The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. Each imperfection on the exterior metal surface will be removed or filled and then sanded smooth for a smooth appearance. All seams will be sealed before painting. 87 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -203 2. Chemical Cleaning and Treatment - The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned using a 4- phase, high pressure and high temperature acid etching system. All steel surfaces will be properly treated using a 3- phase, high temperature, cleaning /phosphatizing system. Surfaces are chemically cleaned to remove all dirt, oil, grease and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. An ultra pure water final rinse of 25 parts per million solids or less, will be applied to final rinse all metal surfaces at the conclusion of the metal treatment process. This final rinse ensures all chemical residues are removed and that no minerals, (salts), from the water dry onto the metal surface and remain under the primers and topcoats. These salts can lead to blistering and under film corrosion, 3. Primer /Surfacer Coats - A minimum of two (2) mil dry, (.002), of two component urethane primer /surfacer will be hand applied to the chemically treated metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. The primer is a high solids and low VOC paint. 4. Hand Sanding to Ultra Fine Finish The primer /surfacer coat is lightly sanded with mild abrasive paper to an ultra smooth finish. This hand finish process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. S. Sealer Primer Coat A two- (2) component sealer primer coat is applied over the sanded primer to again build toward the final smooth finish. This layer of primer sealer also gives additional corrosion protection. 6. Topcoat Pal nt Two (2) coats of an automotive grade, two component acrylic urethane paint are applied to provide the lasting beauty and durability. The acrylic urethane topcoat contains a clear coal- resin chemistry that creates the high gloss and depth of image. This type of topcoat provides the best resistance against acid rain and other more common chemicals. 7. Clearcoat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied. Lap style doors will be clear coated to match the body. Roll -up doors will not be clear coated and the standard roll -up door warranty will apply. A cyclic corrosion test, (General Motors test GM- 9540), of 40 cycles will be required before making changes to the exterior coating process. Exterior coating systems, (excluding the undercarriage components), must achieve a 1/16 or less maximum creep from the scribe for aluminum and an 1/8 or less maximum creep from the scribe for galvanneal after 40 cycles in the General Motors GM -9540 test. Each batch of color topcoat, together with the finish painted vehicle, is tested for precise color match. Visual color match will be checked following ASTM D -1729, (American Standard Testing Methods), procedures using CIE, (International Commission on Illumination), D75 Northern Daylight light source, Instrumental color match will follow ASMT D -2244 procedures with a maximum delta E of 1.0 for whites, 1.4 for yellows, blues, greens and 1.5 for reds. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, trim, etc. will be removed and painted separately to insure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that can not be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. The cab will be two -tone, with the upper section painted White #267 UPPER along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted Red #107 Lower. 88 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -204 PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT Contractor will meet or exceed all current State (his) regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions: - Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free. - Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on -site to remove any other heavy metals. - Particulate emission collection from sanding operations must have a 99.99% efficiency factor. - Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter means is used, it must have an efficiency rating of 98.00 %. Water wash systems will be 99.97% efficient. - Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed mechanically on a continual basis to keep the water clean. - Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. They are used as fuel in kilns used in the cement manufacturing process - thereby extracting energy from a waste material. - Empty metal paint containers will be cleaned, crushed and recycled to recover the metal. - Solvents used in clean -up operations will be collected, recycled on -site, or sent off - site for distillation and returned for reuse. Residue from the distillation operation will be used as fuel in off -site cement kilns. Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that his manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his State EPA rules and regulations. PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly will be painted job color before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine, drive shafts and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly will be painted job color are frame rails, cross members, axles, suspension, steering gear, fuel tank, body substructure supports, miscellaneous mounting brackets, etc. The compartment interior will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks. REFLECTIVE BAND A 6.00" white reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. CHEVRON STRIPING, REAR There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear - facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear bulkheads and the rear compartment door, will be covered. The 89 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -205 surface above the rear compartment door up to the hosebed and between the rear bulkheads will be aluminum treadplate. The colors will be red and yellow diamond grade. Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. This will meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. 70G(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (1) jog(s) and will be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed. OUTLINE, REFLECTIVE STRIPE A black vinyl outline will be provided for each chevron stripe at the rear of the truck. REFLECTIVE OUTLINE STRIPE A .25" black reflective outline will be applied to the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be one (1) set of outline stripes required. REFLECTIVE STRIPE, CAB DOORS A 6.00" x 16.00" white reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel. This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement. CAB STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding. LETTERING The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. LETTERING There will be printed effect gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 32 letters provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 24 letters provided. LETTERING There will be printed effect gold leaf lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 32 letters provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 12.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be five (5) letters provided. PAINTED PLATES) FOR LETTERING There will be six (6) painted aluminum plate(s) provided for department lettering. The plate(s) will be painted to match the primary color of the truck. They will be mounted 1 cab roof, 2 at rear and 3 for the cab doors and front bumper. and will be (1) 16" x 56" for cab roof, (2) 6" x 12" for at rear, (3) 6" x 26" for crew cab doors & front bumper. Plates to be aluminum paint job color with counter sunk holes in corners. in size. 90 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -206 EMBLEM, MALTESE CROSS, GOLD There will be one (1) pair of emblems, up to 10.00" high, provided and installed cab doors each side.. CAB GRILLE DESIGN An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille. ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal. STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal. FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK -4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor axle limited warranty certificate, WA0046, is included with this proposal. ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor WabcoTmABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal. TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year /unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. LIFETIME MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 91 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -207 TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Gortite roll -up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll -up door will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors. The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal. PUMP WARRANTY A Waterous pump limited warranty certificate, WA0225, is included with this proposal. TEN (SO) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY Except as provided below, and provided the vehicle will have been placed in service within sixty (60) days after delivery to the original purchaser as established by our original invoice, for a period ending on the first to occur of the expiration of ten years or 100,000 miles of vehicle use after delivery to the original purchaser, Pierce Manufacturing Inc. ( "Pierce ") warrants to the user that the stainless steel piping that is 3.00" and smaller in diameter in its first Fire and Rescue Apparatus vehicles will be free of structural failures caused by defective design, workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. This limited warranty will apply only if the vehicle is properly maintained and used in service which is normal to the particular vehicle. Normal service means service which does not subject the vehicle to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from the careful use of the vehicle or chassis. If the buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. This limited warranty is not transferable by the first user. Pierce's obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the stainless steel piping or components which Pierce determines to have failed due to defective design, workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. A limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal. FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY The Husky 3 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA0231, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal. THREE (3) YEAR EXTENDED The Pierce custom chassis warranty certificate, WA0070, is included with this proposal. THREE 3) YEAR EXTENDED The Pierce body limited warranty certificate, WA0097, Is included with this proposal. VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. 92 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 PJAM819 ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION Pierce manufacturing will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification states that the cab must meet or exceed the requirements below: - European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29 - SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi- Static Loading Heavy Trucks - SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks - Roof Crush The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lb. This value will be 450 percent of the ECE 29 criteria, which must be equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons. - Side Impact The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload with a 13,275 -lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft -lb of energy. This test will closely represent the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident. - Frontal Impact The cab will withstand a frontal force produced from 65,200 ft-lb of energy using a swing - bob type platen. The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion Into the survival space of the occupant area. CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE 3198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt 93 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -209 Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in- transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold -soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE 3381. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. 94 of 94 PROPOSAL 3/7/2013 21 -210 ADDITIONAL DAVID CLARK EQUIPMENT REQUIRED INTERCOM SYSTEM A David Clark intercom system with wireless single radio interface capability for up to four (4) users will be provided. The driver, and officer positions will have wired single radio interface capable stations with remote radio push to transmit buttons located one each side of dash to match 27071 . Two (2) forward facing, outboard crew cab seating positions will have radio listen / intercom only. The following components will be supplied with this system: • One (1) U3805 Radio Cord Junction Module • All necessary cables and connectors RADIO /INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to the radio compartment . WIRELESS UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET There will be one (1) under the helmet, marine grade headset(s) with wireless radio push -to- transmit belt station(s) provided pump panel. There will be one (1) user replaceable, rechargeable, U- polymer battery included with each belt station. Each David Clark, Model H9940, headset will feature: • 6' Coiled cord with military grade belt station connector • M -87 type dynamic noise cancelling microphone • Hinged /Flex microphone boom rotates 280 degrees for left or right dress • Dual volume controls Each, David Clark, Model U9910 -13SW, belt station will feature: • Marine grade, water- tight, impact resistant enclosure with rubberized skin • Hands free, full duplex, voice activation • Voice prompts to ensure wireless link status • Water -tight battery compartment 21 -211 EXHIBIT B PRICING PROPOSAL Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 21 -212 4( >I� P.... R.. LIKE No OTHER- City of Newport Beach 100% Pre - Payment Option September 8, 2014 If a 100% pre - payment were made at contract signing, the following discount would be applied to the final invoice: BALANCE DUE AT DELIVERY $0.00 $0.00 a) If your department makes a 100% cash pre - payment at contract signing. b) If your department signs up for a lease- purchase with Oshkosh Capital. This would require no money down and no payments for one (1) year if desired. " Discount for the 100% pre- payment option includes discounts for the chassis, interest, aerial (if applicable), and flooring charges. Any item added after this option is elected will come at additional cost and will be added to the final invoice. 21 -213 Each Extension Two ( 2 ) 2015 Arrow XT pumpers $ 599,429.00 $ 1,198,858.00 100% Prepayment Discount $ (24,151.00) $ (48,302.00) APPARATUS COST $ 575,278.00 $ 1,150,556.00 Sales Tax @ 8.000% $ 46,022.24 $ 92,044.48 Performance Bond $ 1,798.29 $ 3,596.57 California Tire Fee $ 10.50 TOTAL PREPAY PURCHASE PRICE $ 623,109.03 $ 1,246,218.05 Less 100% pre-payment at Contract Signing $ 623,109.03 $ 1,246,218.05 BALANCE DUE AT DELIVERY $0.00 $0.00 a) If your department makes a 100% cash pre - payment at contract signing. b) If your department signs up for a lease- purchase with Oshkosh Capital. This would require no money down and no payments for one (1) year if desired. " Discount for the 100% pre- payment option includes discounts for the chassis, interest, aerial (if applicable), and flooring charges. Any item added after this option is elected will come at additional cost and will be added to the final invoice. 21 -213 EXHIBIT C WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 21 -214 -- Fire and Rescue Apparatus One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty 1. LIMBED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: Pardons of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects In material and workmanship Warranty Begins' The data the apparatus Is placed in service, or 60 days from Me original buyer Invoice date, whichever comae first. Warranty Period Twelve (12) months. Ends Aker. Conditions and Exclusions: See Also No specific exclusions apply Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limbed warranty snail apply only if the Product is property maintained in accordance with Pierre's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means sendce which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in witting within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0008 Notwithstanding anything b the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pans, components. attachments or Vane accessories of or m the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, Including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis. or component, part, attachment or accessory, damaged by misuse, neglect fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, Improper maintenance, accident crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake. windstorm, hall, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any parson or entity other than Peroe which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pima assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pad or in its entirely N the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aft rmarkel parts added after manufacture without the authoriration of Pierce may void this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. N the product falls to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph I during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect accident or Improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the lime period specified in paragraph I, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime. Pierce shall repair or replace (al Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or In any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without IimLing the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues. loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-lime, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note. Any Surefy Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this Phamd warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic Ono Year Limited Warranty far such vehWe, end not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (ifeny) or to Iha warranties (d shy) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, comppnanq attachment or accessory that is Incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 21 -215 `ter Fare and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Apparatus Body Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides file following warranty to the Buyer. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance inslruclion , and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject [he product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within rainy (30) days after the date of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE AS SIGNE0OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER. OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0009 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pans, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators: with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component. pan, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force in ajeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects fire performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or pans which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty pads, including, but not limited lo, tires, fluids, gi skels and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pans or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may veto this warranty in pan or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aflermarket parts added after manufacture without the aulhol lion of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH I IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect. accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective Product shall be re turned to Pierce by Buyer for examination Al repair. Buyer shall be responsible for Ne cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer. IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER. WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLO BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS. ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limning the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, tlamages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cast of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Band, it a pal of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited waomary is provided, applies orly to this Pierce Basic One Year Limned Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties rinds by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties fit any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pall, component, attachment or ac manfi y that is incorporated into or crashed to the vehicle. 21 -216 The apparatus body shall be free tram structural failures Coverage: caused by defects in material and workmanship The data of the original Purchase invoice (Issued when the Womanly Begins: product ships from the factory). Womanly Period Ten (10) Years Ends After: -.1- 100,000 Mlles Conditions and This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the body of lire vehicle model, as Identified In the Pierce See Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. Paragraphs 2 Into 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance inslruclion , and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject [he product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within rainy (30) days after the date of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE AS SIGNE0OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER. OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0009 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pans, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators: with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof, (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component. pan, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force in ajeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects fire performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or pans which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty pads, including, but not limited lo, tires, fluids, gi skels and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pans or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may veto this warranty in pan or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aflermarket parts added after manufacture without the aulhol lion of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH I IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect. accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective Product shall be re turned to Pierce by Buyer for examination Al repair. Buyer shall be responsible for Ne cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer. IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER. WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLO BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS. ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limning the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, tlamages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cast of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Band, it a pal of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited waomary is provided, applies orly to this Pierce Basic One Year Limned Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties rinds by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties fit any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any pall, component, attachment or ac manfi y that is incorporated into or crashed to the vehicle. 21 -216 Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Custom Cab Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer. Coves 9e' The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects In material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase Invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period To. (10)Years Ends After: ar 100,000 Miles Conditions and This warranty applies only to the Cab tubular support and Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of i,. vehicle rootlet, as Identified In the Pierce See Also spocrftemimis her the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. Paragraphs T thru 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited wananly shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance deductions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to me particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product (o stresses of impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must maily Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after (he date of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty periotl. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SU BSEOUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0012 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as Or (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or (a the product that are not manufactured by Pierce. including but not limited to engines. transmissions. drivelines. axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any. made by the respective manufacturers thereof: (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessary damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majove, such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail. 0cetl, war or dot: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, Pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, offered or assembled in any way by any person or badly other Nan Pierce which, in me sale judgment of Pierce. adversely affects me performance, stability or purpose for which It was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in me ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced tluring the warranty periotl, including, bur net limitetl to tires, Owds, gaskets and light bums. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pans or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in pan or in its entirely if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications. utterances or aflendwiet pans added after manufacture without the aufhonration of Pierce may cold this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMED If the product fails la conform to the warranty sal forth in paragraph 1 tluring me warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect. accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer far examination and /or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the protluct during transportation, Within a reasonable lime, Piece shall repair or replace (at Pierce 's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSNE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Nowathstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL. INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO. REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limifing the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for properly or Personal injury damages. pen i fire. tlamages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of satisfiable vehicles or products. dawn -tame, delay damages. any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, it a part ofine sale of (he vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year limited Warranty for such viducte, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a $operate document (irony) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manulaclurer (other than Pierce) of any part. componenh attachmem or accessay that is hoorporated into w attached to the vehiold. 21 -217 Fire and Rescue Apparatus Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity Custom Chassis Frame Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing pnevides Me following warranty to the Buyer. Coverage: Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pleme shall be free from defects In material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The data of the original purchase involce Passed when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Fifty(50)Years Ends After. (Expected Ufa of Apparatus) Conditions and Exclusions: See Also This wanan y does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. Paragraphs 2 Mrs 4 This limited warranty shall apply only If the protluct is properly maintained In accordance with Reroes maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does net subject the product to stresses or impacts greater then normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or noncontonnity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 21812010 WA0013 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein. Pierce makes no womanly whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components. attachments or trade accessories of at to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not Smiled to engines, transmissions, onvdiines, axles, water pumps and generslors; with rasped to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign ta Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part attachment or accessory damaged by misuse. neglect fire. exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic enviromoent impmper maintenance, accident. Gash, or fame majeure such as natural rounder, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, need, war or Amt: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce. adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or pads which may In the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the wananty period, Including, but not limited to, lines, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Piece assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its pads or subassemblies Into finishing products or veholes unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original Purchaser may void this warranty in pad or in its entirely it the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior "hen approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Rome as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermmuet pads added after manufacture without the aulhoratition of Pierce may void Nis warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS. IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILfTY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. UYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMED If the product falls to conform lathe warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period and such ...conformity is not due to misuse, neglect accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pieme within the time peeled specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pieme or its designated agent At the request of Pierce, any allegedly detective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the coal of such transportation, and for risk of Ion of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time. Memo shall repair or replace (al Memo's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pieme. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pieme and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generally of the foregoing. Pieme specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles at products or any associated equipment, cost of subslilule vehicles or products, dawn -time, delay damages, any other types of economic lass, or for any daims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, Aa part of the seta of the vehicle as to which this limited wamenty is Provided, applies only to (his Pierce Basic One Year Limited Wamardy far such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separsto document (Many) or to the warranties (A any) made by any manufacturer (other than Flame) of any part component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated faro or allmhed N the vehicle. 86/69 Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Pro -Rated Paint and Corrosion Cab 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides fire following warranty to the Buyer. This limited wananty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCI9ASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 21812010 WA0055 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as m: (a) any integral pans, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivel ees, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties. if arty, made by the respective manufacturers thereof: (b) any vehicle. chassis. or component. pan, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect. fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemir:al conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force includes such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or not: (c) any vehicle. chassis or component, pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sale judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or pans which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty eased, including, but not limited to, tires. fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts at subassemblies into finishing products of vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety it the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department or L) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capabill y. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or attemarket pans added after manufacture without the solicitation of Pierce may void this wananty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS. IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY. ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or Improper maintenance. Buyer meal notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1. and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be Is turned to Pierce by Buyer for examination andlor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (al Pierce's option antl expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER. WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY. TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO. REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORIAEO OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAN%GES. Wercul limiting the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products. downtime, delay damages, any other types of economic lass, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Sorely Bond.. it a parr of the sale of 1119 vehicle as to which this limited warranty is peovided, applies only 10 this dince Basic One Yew Limited Womanly far such vabide, and den to other warranlies made by Pearce in a separate document (if any) n 1p the ,amanfes, (it any) made by any manufacturer(other Rmn Pierre) of airy par,, componen(, rmachmonr or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 21 -219 Exterior surfaces of the cab paint" by Pierce shall be free Coverage: from blistering, peeling. corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. Womanly Beglns: The date of the original purchase Invoice (Issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Y... Ends At er: This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle In the following percentage costs of warranty repair, If any: Topcoat Durability 6 Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention K Cracking oat months 100% 73 -96 months 50% 97-120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion. BllstednglBubbling 0.36 months 100% 37-64 months 50% 85120 months 25% Conditions and Exclusions: Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice 0 -36 months 100% See Also 3748 months 50% Paragraphs 49 -72 months 25% 2 ihre4 73-120 months 10% Corrosion Perorate. 0.120 months 100% This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior Is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limped Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty Include: (a) Damage from lack of island an ce and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed In the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. This limited wananty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCI9ASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 21812010 WA0055 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as m: (a) any integral pans, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivel ees, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such pans, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties. if arty, made by the respective manufacturers thereof: (b) any vehicle. chassis. or component. pan, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect. fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemir:al conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force includes such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or not: (c) any vehicle. chassis or component, pad, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sale judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or pans which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty eased, including, but not limited to, tires. fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts at subassemblies into finishing products of vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety it the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department or L) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capabill y. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or attemarket pans added after manufacture without the solicitation of Pierce may void this wananty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS. IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY. ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or Improper maintenance. Buyer meal notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1. and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be Is turned to Pierce by Buyer for examination andlor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (al Pierce's option antl expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER. WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY. TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO. REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORIAEO OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAN%GES. Wercul limiting the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products. downtime, delay damages, any other types of economic lass, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Sorely Bond.. it a parr of the sale of 1119 vehicle as to which this limited warranty is peovided, applies only 10 this dince Basic One Yew Limited Womanly far such vabide, and den to other warranlies made by Pearce in a separate document (if any) n 1p the ,amanfes, (it any) made by any manufacturer(other Rmn Pierre) of airy par,, componen(, rmachmonr or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 21 -219 Fire and Rescue Apparatus Three (3) Year Bumper to Bumper Pierce Custom Chassis - Class H Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject W Me Megatons and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides Me following warranty to the Buyer. This limited warranty shall apply only t the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance infections and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product W stresses m impacts greater than normally result tram careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, It must noddy Remo in writing within thirty (30) days after the dale of discovery. but in any award prior to the expiration of the warranty penod. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0070 Notwithstanding anylhirg to the contrary herein. Pierce makes no wand ny whatsoover as to: (a) any integral parts, componenfs, allachmwts or trade accessories of or to the product that am not manufactured by Pierce, Including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelmes, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts. components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warrantee, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, suRVc environment, Improper maintenance. accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windsomm, hail, flood, war or not; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory Nat has been mpaifad, altered or assembled many way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, N the sole judgment of Rarce, adversely affects Me pedarmance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts whirl) may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warmly period, Including, but not limned lo. Ems, fluids. gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies Into finishing protluq, or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void Nis warranty in part Or in its entirey, A the product is fatigued or replaced (a) without prar written approval of the Pierce Customer Servlce Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH i IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails W conform to We warranty, set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such noreconfwmiy is not due W misuse. neglect. accident or improper maintenanco, Buyer must nobly Pierce within the time period specified In pamgmph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce. any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the best of such transportation, and for disk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved In advance in wilting by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Nelvrithalanding anything to the contrary herein in in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages. penalties. damages far lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles in products. dowo-t ro. delay damages, any other types of economic loss, ar for any claims by any third pall for any such damages. Nate: Any Surely Bond. it a pall of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, Applies ony to INs Pierce Basic One Year Lim4ed Warranty for such vehicle, add not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) Or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (ocher than Pierce) Of any pert, component altachment or accessory that is incorporafed into a attached to the vehicle. 21 -220 This limited warranty covers repalnl to correct any defect Coverage: related to materials or workmanship occuring during the warranty period. Warranty Begins: The data of Me original purchase Invoice (issued when the product ships from Me facrory). Warranty Period Three 13) Years, or Ends After. 30,000 Mlles, ar 4,500 Engine Hours This general limited warranty does not apply to aspects of the product that are covered by specific Plena or Supplier warranties. Sea the applicable specific womanly for details of coverage and exclusions. Specific warrantlas may Include, but not be limited to, paint, corrosion, frame, structure, Conditions and elechroulos, pumps, piping, and Goldstar laminates. Where Exclusions: conflicts exist, the coverage and exclusions of the specific warranty shat] apply. If Me specific warranty Is a pro-rated See Also warranty, the Items an the and of the prorated period will Paragraphs apply for the remaining years of the bumper to bumper 2thru4 coverage. This warranty does not cover normal Wear to any parts or components Including but not limited to: this, brake pads or shoes, bells, Alters, lubricants, light bulbs, fuses, and bafterles. This limited warranty shall apply only t the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance infections and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product W stresses m impacts greater than normally result tram careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, It must noddy Remo in writing within thirty (30) days after the dale of discovery. but in any award prior to the expiration of the warranty penod. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0070 Notwithstanding anylhirg to the contrary herein. Pierce makes no wand ny whatsoover as to: (a) any integral parts, componenfs, allachmwts or trade accessories of or to the product that am not manufactured by Pierce, Including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelmes, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts. components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warrantee, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, suRVc environment, Improper maintenance. accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windsomm, hail, flood, war or not; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory Nat has been mpaifad, altered or assembled many way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, N the sole judgment of Rarce, adversely affects Me pedarmance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts whirl) may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warmly period, Including, but not limned lo. Ems, fluids. gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies Into finishing protluq, or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void Nis warranty in part Or in its entirey, A the product is fatigued or replaced (a) without prar written approval of the Pierce Customer Servlce Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH i IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails W conform to We warranty, set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such noreconfwmiy is not due W misuse. neglect. accident or improper maintenanco, Buyer must nobly Pierce within the time period specified In pamgmph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce. any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the best of such transportation, and for disk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable lime, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierces option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pads. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved In advance in wilting by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Nelvrithalanding anything to the contrary herein in in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages. penalties. damages far lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles in products. dowo-t ro. delay damages, any other types of economic loss, ar for any claims by any third pall for any such damages. Nate: Any Surely Bond. it a pall of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, Applies ony to INs Pierce Basic One Year Lim4ed Warranty for such vehicle, add not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) Or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (ocher than Pierce) Of any pert, component altachment or accessory that is incorporafed into a attached to the vehicle. 21 -220 Fire and Rescue Apparatus Three (3) Year Bumper to Bumper Pierce Body - Class H Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and excluslons set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyec "is limited warranty shall apply Only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the paniCViar model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from Careful use. If the Buyer alwovers a defect or norconfennlly. it must notify Pierce in vmung within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. but in any event prior to the aspirates of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0097 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pans, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, driveltnes, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessones, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, it any, made by the respective manufacturers thereat (h) any vehicle, chassis, or component, par, attachment or accas"r, damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemleal conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, aaMquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or not: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessary that has been repaired. altered w assembled In any way by any person or entity other than Rome which, in me sole judgment of Pierce. adversely affects the Performance. stability or purpose for which it was manufactured or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the wananty period, including, but not limited to, tires, Ruids. gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for me assembly of its pans or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original pvrchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirely If the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior whiten approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, aben hoes or aftermaiket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 15 THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS. IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the werenty set forth in paragraph I during the warranty period, and such nsecenfamity is not due to misuse, neglect. accident Of impmp at maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within the time pared specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pmes by Buyer for examination and /or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and (..risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time. Pierce Shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming ar defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL. INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER'rHEORY OF LAW OR EOUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO. REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Karout limiting the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury tlamages, penalties. damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-lime, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Band, if a pan of the sale of One vehicle as is wlv'ch this himself warranty is pnovided, applies only Io this Pierce Bask One Y, Llmlroo Warranty for such ,circle. and not Io other warranties made by Pierce in separaio dowmenl (if any) w to the warranlies fit any) made by any manufacturer loins, than Pfpms) of any pan. camponent. assessment cr accessory that is incaPomied into w anachod to lie vehicle. 21 -221 This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect Coverage: biblical to materials or workmanship oecrul., during the warranty period. The dale of the original purchase Invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Three (3) Years, or Ends After: 30,000 Miles, or 4,500 Engine Hours This limited warranty does not apply to aspects of the product that are covered by other Pierce or Supplier warranties. See the applicable spgdfie warranty for details of coverage and exclusions. Such warranties may Include, but not be lbnited la, paint, corrosion„ frame, structure, Conditions and electronics, pumps, piping, and Goldstar laminates. Where Exeluslons: conflicts exist, the coverage and exclusions of the specific Seo Also warranty shall apply. If the specific warranty Is a pro -rated Paragraphs warranty, the terms at the and of the pro-rzted period will apply for the remaining years of the bumper to bumper 21hru 4 coverage. This warranty does not cover normal wear to any pans or components Including but not limited to: filters, lubricants, and light bulbs. "is limited warranty shall apply Only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the paniCViar model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from Careful use. If the Buyer alwovers a defect or norconfennlly. it must notify Pierce in vmung within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery. but in any event prior to the aspirates of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0097 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral pans, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, driveltnes, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessones, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, it any, made by the respective manufacturers thereat (h) any vehicle, chassis, or component, par, attachment or accas"r, damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemleal conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, aaMquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or not: (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessary that has been repaired. altered w assembled In any way by any person or entity other than Rome which, in me sole judgment of Pierce. adversely affects the Performance. stability or purpose for which it was manufactured or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the wananty period, including, but not limited to, tires, Ruids. gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for me assembly of its pans or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original pvrchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirely If the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior whiten approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, aben hoes or aftermaiket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 15 THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS. IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the product fails to conform to the werenty set forth in paragraph I during the warranty period, and such nsecenfamity is not due to misuse, neglect. accident Of impmp at maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within the time pared specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pmes by Buyer for examination and /or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and (..risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time. Pierce Shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming ar defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL. INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER'rHEORY OF LAW OR EOUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO. REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Karout limiting the generality of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury tlamages, penalties. damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-lime, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Band, if a pan of the sale of One vehicle as is wlv'ch this himself warranty is pnovided, applies only Io this Pierce Bask One Y, Llmlroo Warranty for such ,circle. and not Io other warranties made by Pierce in separaio dowmenl (if any) w to the warranlies fit any) made by any manufacturer loins, than Pfpms) of any pan. camponent. assessment cr accessory that is incaPomied into w anachod to lie vehicle. 21 -221 NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY CAPARTICIPATING l l SQ]Z OEM SALES Tranb nmision. DISTRIBUTOR SALES LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations. WHAT IS COVERED • WARRANTY APPLIES —This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period. • REPAIRS COVERED —The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission's option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. • TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. • PAYMENT TERMS —Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section "APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE." • OBTAINING REPAIRS —To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs. • TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION —Labor costs for the removal and re- installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty. • WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception: Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers). If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser alter these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE Page I of 2 21 -222 WARRANTY LIMITATIONS ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE APPLICABLE hichever occurs first PAID BY THE CUSTOMER. Transmission Miles MODELS. -, Months Or Kilometers Parts Labor MT, MD 3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 SeriesTm, 2000 Seridrm, 2400 Series"' 0-36 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Electronic Controls 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD 1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS 2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS, 3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge 4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700, 4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS Page I of 2 21 -222 R mm MP v (J _m? �,Eim I pr 1E I - I PJ I Frio IF( mmr mrr�vFv-r::g7 C'N _-. W�m RONI9M PIP r�r'a I a OMMIP ? WHAT IS NOT COVERED • DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following 0 are not covered: _ — Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; k1 — Misuse of the vehicle; _ — Installation into unapproved applications and installations; - e; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and - 1 — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long -term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) - - Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship 10 NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled. ' EI Li CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers - - are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an =� D alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits 2 defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s). 5 _ • DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in s � the OPERATOR'S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: — Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission;, c-'7 — Failure to use transmission Fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator's Manual. - • MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner's responsibility. s • REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS— Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison &7 Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered. A USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of pans that are c not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered. - 9 • EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle fi - use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs. 57 • "DENIED PARTY" OWNERSHIP— Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non - participating - OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a "denied - party" or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON -MOSS WARRANTY ACT Z This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from slate to stale. Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. _ ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. - el PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN "1 - WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR - CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. "" •• Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. - OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END -USERS - THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON ;t kl TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY - IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL `�- OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. _ QUESTIONS sl If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission - - Distributor or Dealer or write to: Allison Transmission, Inc. P.O. Box 894 -_ - Indianapolis, IN 46206 -0894 9 Attention: Warranty Administration PF -9 - e - 5'7 Form SE0616EN (201009) - c - Page 2 of 2 it D M U 01 21 -223 ,. q RrI Fire and Rescue Apparatus Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty shall apply only if the product IS properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used In service which Is anal to the particular model. Normal service means sorri which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. II the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity. It must notify Pierce in wain, within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY HOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/22/2012 WA0216 Notwithstanding anything to the conVary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any Integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not harmed to engines, transmissions, donations. axles, water pumps and generators: with respect to all such pans. components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties. If any, made by the respective manefenurers thereof. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component. part, attachment pr accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions. acidic environment. Improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, Iigm ing, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pan, attachment or accessary that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in me sole Judgment of Pierce, adversary affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured: or (e) products or pans which may in Ne ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period. including. but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes fro responsibility far the assembly of its pans m subassemblies Into Batsman, products or vehicles unless the assembly Is performed by Pierce. The anginal purchaser may void this warranty In part or in its entirety if the product is asserted or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any resells, modifications. alterations or ahermaBet pans added after manufacture without the authorleation of Pierce may voitl this warranty. 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIE THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH I IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRAITIES WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. If the product falls to conform to the warranty, set forth in paragraph I during the warranty period. and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce. any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination andfor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such Imnsponation, and far risk of loss of at damage to the started during transportation. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replecemenl shall be made only by a facility approved fn edvance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Nominstandtng anything to the Contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer. IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL. INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL. INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY. TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO Offi, E, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically dtsctaims any habiOty for property or personal Injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, lass of vehicles or products or any associated equipment. test of substitute vehicie5 or products, dewmtime, delay damages, any ether types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third gamy for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, if er part of flat sale of Ilse vehicle as io which this limited warranty is provided. applies only to Iltispieae Basic Ono Year Limited warranty tar such ve wife, and fast to other Warranties made by Pierco in a seppala document (y any) Or to am warranG'es (if am /) made by aM manutacfrmer (other than Pierce) of any part. component, ahachnienl or accessory Poet is incorporated info c+ailacbad to Ilan vehicle. NI ZOPE The transmission cooler shall be free from Sampander or structural failures caused by defects In material author Covers Coverage: workmanship. Collateral damage up to $10,000 per occurrence Is available for the first three (3) years. Warranty Begins: The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser. Warranty Period Five (5) Years an Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral Ends After: damage coverage This variant, does not cover repair, due to accidents. misuse. and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage tlamage (4eeafng), negligence or modiBcalion. This warranty Is voitl If any modification or repairer are performed without aulhorlaatlon. This also voice any future warranty. This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance Conditions antl and use of properflules are the responsibility of the owner. Exclusions: Towing Is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized See Also dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to Paragraphs your tansmiselon. 2 them a Labor costs for the removal antl reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization. Replacement of cooler during the warranty IF tried Is It at led to 100% of reasonable labor costs up to a maxi murn of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product IS properly maintained in accordance with Pierces maintenance instructions and manuals and is used In service which Is anal to the particular model. Normal service means sorri which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. II the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity. It must notify Pierce in wain, within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY HOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/22/2012 WA0216 Notwithstanding anything to the conVary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any Integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not harmed to engines, transmissions, donations. axles, water pumps and generators: with respect to all such pans. components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties. If any, made by the respective manefenurers thereof. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component. part, attachment pr accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions. acidic environment. Improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, Iigm ing, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pan, attachment or accessary that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in me sole Judgment of Pierce, adversary affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured: or (e) products or pans which may in Ne ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period. including. but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes fro responsibility far the assembly of its pans m subassemblies Into Batsman, products or vehicles unless the assembly Is performed by Pierce. The anginal purchaser may void this warranty In part or in its entirety if the product is asserted or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any resells, modifications. alterations or ahermaBet pans added after manufacture without the authorleation of Pierce may voitl this warranty. 2 DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIE THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH I IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRAITIES WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. If the product falls to conform to the warranty, set forth in paragraph I during the warranty period. and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce. any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination andfor repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such Imnsponation, and far risk of loss of at damage to the started during transportation. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replecemenl shall be made only by a facility approved fn edvance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Nominstandtng anything to the Contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer. IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL. INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL. INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY. TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO Offi, E, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically dtsctaims any habiOty for property or personal Injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, lass of vehicles or products or any associated equipment. test of substitute vehicie5 or products, dewmtime, delay damages, any ether types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third gamy for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, if er part of flat sale of Ilse vehicle as io which this limited warranty is provided. applies only to Iltispieae Basic Ono Year Limited warranty tar such ve wife, and fast to other Warranties made by Pierco in a seppala document (y any) Or to am warranG'es (if am /) made by aM manutacfrmer (other than Pierce) of any part. component, ahachnienl or accessory Poet is incorporated info c+ailacbad to Ilan vehicle. NI ZOPE Fire •: Rescue Apparatus One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Foam System & Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Control Head Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This gmlted warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierre's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the panicular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity. It must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the data of discovery, but in any event prior to me expiration of the warranty vetted. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBS EOUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 1/30/2013 WA0231 Notwithstanding anything to the codes, herein. Pierce makes no w eeme ywhalesino r as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachment or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce. Including but not limited to engines. transmissions, dwalines, axles, water pumps and generators: with respect to all such pi components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign la Buyer the applicable wananlies. If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis or component. pad. attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or cbemicdl conditions, acidic environment. improper maintenance, accidenl, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hag, good. war or doe (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pan, attachment or accessory that has been repotted, altered or assembled In any way by any person be entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment el Pierce, advocacy, affects the performance. stability or purpose for which It was manufactured; or (d) products or pads which may In the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period. Including, but not limited to, tires. fluids. gasket and light Ii Pierce assumes no responsibility for due assembly of it pans of subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is pedomad by Pierce. The anginal purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety If the product Is repaired or replaced (b) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department: or ft) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications. alterations or ahemtmkel pans added after manufacture without the authorzation of Pierce may valid this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER W ARFANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS. IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, A14Y WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the protluct falls to conform to the warranty setionh In paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect. accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must nwr:y Pierce within the time eased specified in paragraph 1. and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. Al the request of Pierce. any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and(or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage le the product during transportatlon. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or calective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in wddng by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or In airy agreement between Pierce and Buyer. IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEOUENTIAL. INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INDI RECT. OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT. WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS 6 E5 INFORMEO OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limieng the generality of the foregoing. Pierce spechipoly disclaims any liability for present, or personal Injury damages, penalties, damages for lost pragt or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products. downtime, delay damage, any olner types of economic loss, or far any claims by any third pan, for any such damages. Note' Any Surety Same, Its part al fhe sold .11110 vehiske as to which this Advise warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Woodalylm such vehlclo, and oaf ro other wanenties made by Pierce in a supareie document (if any) n to the wananlies (it any) made by any momeracrever (other than Pierce) of gory part. component, attachment w accessary (hot is 1.w sled into a• attached to to vehicle. NZIOR&7 Llmlted warranty l year parts and labor for for the foam Coverage: system and 5 years parts and labor for the control head. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase Invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period One (1) Year B Five (5) Year Ends After: This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (boezing), negligence or modification. This warranty Is void If any modification or repairs are performed without Conditions and authorization. This also voids any future warranty, Exclusions: This warranty does not ewer cost of maintenance or repairs See Also due to lack of required maintenance services as Paragraphs recommended. Performance of the required maintenance 2 thou d and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner. This gmlted warranty shall apply only if the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierre's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the panicular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity. It must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the data of discovery, but in any event prior to me expiration of the warranty vetted. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBS EOUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 1/30/2013 WA0231 Notwithstanding anything to the codes, herein. Pierce makes no w eeme ywhalesino r as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachment or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce. Including but not limited to engines. transmissions, dwalines, axles, water pumps and generators: with respect to all such pi components, attachments and accessories. Pierce shall assign la Buyer the applicable wananlies. If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis or component. pad. attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or cbemicdl conditions, acidic environment. improper maintenance, accidenl, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hag, good. war or doe (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, pan, attachment or accessory that has been repotted, altered or assembled In any way by any person be entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment el Pierce, advocacy, affects the performance. stability or purpose for which It was manufactured; or (d) products or pads which may In the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period. Including, but not limited to, tires. fluids. gasket and light Ii Pierce assumes no responsibility for due assembly of it pans of subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is pedomad by Pierce. The anginal purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety If the product Is repaired or replaced (b) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department: or ft) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications. alterations or ahemtmkel pans added after manufacture without the authorzation of Pierce may valid this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER W ARFANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS. IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, A14Y WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY If the protluct falls to conform to the warranty setionh In paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect. accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must nwr:y Pierce within the time eased specified in paragraph 1. and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. Al the request of Pierce. any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and(or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cast of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage le the product during transportatlon. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or calective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in wddng by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or In airy agreement between Pierce and Buyer. IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEOUENTIAL. INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL, INDI RECT. OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT. WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE. OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS 6 E5 INFORMEO OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limieng the generality of the foregoing. Pierce spechipoly disclaims any liability for present, or personal Injury damages, penalties, damages for lost pragt or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products. downtime, delay damage, any olner types of economic loss, or far any claims by any third pan, for any such damages. Note' Any Surety Same, Its part al fhe sold .11110 vehiske as to which this Advise warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Woodalylm such vehlclo, and oaf ro other wanenties made by Pierce in a supareie document (if any) n to the wananlies (it any) made by any momeracrever (other than Pierce) of gory part. component, attachment w accessary (hot is 1.w sled into a• attached to to vehicle. NZIOR&7 Fire and Rescue Apparatus ;.����- Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Meritor Wabco ABS Brake System Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set lonh below. Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty shall apply only it the product is property maintained In accordance w11h Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in sawlce which Is normal to the panKNar model, Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or Impacts greater Ilion normally retain from careful use. If the Buyer discovers as defect or noncenf eras, it most notify Pierce in wdling within thirty Ql days alter the dale of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2125/2013 WA0232 Notwithstanding anything to the co Sao, herein, Pierce makes no warmdywhalemover as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmisslcns, dnvelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts. components. attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assgn to Buyer the applicable wananlles, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof: (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component. pan, aU.Sur ed or accessory damagetl by misuse, neglect, file, exposure to severe environmental or chemical centurions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash. or force majeme such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm. half, flood, war or dnc (c) any vehicle, chassis or component. pan, attachment or accessory that has bean repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Piome which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the pedgrmansE, slatudily or purpose for which It was manufactured; or (d) products or pans which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during Ih. warranty pence. including, but net limited to, tires, fluids, gaskelS antl light bulbs. Pierce assumes oo lesemenibi d, for the assembly el Its pans or subassemb4es into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original punmas.r may votd this wananty in pan or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a IaNI'dy which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any re palls, modifications. allerzllons or aftermaMel pans added after manufacture without the outh.u,seom.1 Pierce may void this wananty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH I IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY It the product fails to eonlo re to the warranty set [..her paragraph 1 dung the wananty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect. accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within the time pence specified in paragraph 1, and Shall make the product available lot inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defecliv. product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination andler repair, Buyer shall be responsible for the mst of such arespoide ion, and far risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a faculty approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY'. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein c r in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer. IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL. INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL. INDIRECT. OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES' WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO. REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the gainsaid, of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any Iiablllly for properly ce Personal injury tlamages, penalties, damages for fast profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or protlucts or any associated ...ipmenl, cost of subslltole vehicles or prodbcls, dowmdme. delay damages, any other types of economic loss. or for any claims by any tend puny for any such damages. Note: Any Sump Bond, it. an of the sale of the vehicle es to which this limited waranry IS provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic On. Year Limited Warranty for sock vehicle, antl not to other nananhes made Dy Place in a sepamle document fit Pay) ce to lire wanselies (it any) made by any ..fact.., (.Isar than Pierce) of any pan, component, atraprmenr or accessory the; s inaorpomfed into or attached to the vehicle. 21 -226 The Mentor Wahco ASS brake System shall be covered by Covers,.: Mentor Wabco as Indicated In the attached Mentor Wabco warranty coverage description The date of the original purchase Invoice (Issued when the Warrant Begins: Warranty Stn product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Three Ill Year Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: The exclusions listed In the attached Mather Wabco warranty see Also description shall apply. Paragraphs 2 here 4 This limited warranty shall apply only it the product is property maintained In accordance w11h Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in sawlce which Is normal to the panKNar model, Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or Impacts greater Ilion normally retain from careful use. If the Buyer discovers as defect or noncenf eras, it most notify Pierce in wdling within thirty Ql days alter the dale of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2125/2013 WA0232 Notwithstanding anything to the co Sao, herein, Pierce makes no warmdywhalemover as to (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmisslcns, dnvelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts. components. attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assgn to Buyer the applicable wananlles, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof: (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component. pan, aU.Sur ed or accessory damagetl by misuse, neglect, file, exposure to severe environmental or chemical centurions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash. or force majeme such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm. half, flood, war or dnc (c) any vehicle, chassis or component. pan, attachment or accessory that has bean repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Piome which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the pedgrmansE, slatudily or purpose for which It was manufactured; or (d) products or pans which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during Ih. warranty pence. including, but net limited to, tires, fluids, gaskelS antl light bulbs. Pierce assumes oo lesemenibi d, for the assembly el Its pans or subassemb4es into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original punmas.r may votd this wananty in pan or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a IaNI'dy which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any re palls, modifications. allerzllons or aftermaMel pans added after manufacture without the outh.u,seom.1 Pierce may void this wananty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH I IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES. WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY It the product fails to eonlo re to the warranty set [..her paragraph 1 dung the wananty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect. accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within the time pence specified in paragraph 1, and Shall make the product available lot inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defecliv. product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination andler repair, Buyer shall be responsible for the mst of such arespoide ion, and far risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time. Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective pans. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a faculty approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY'. 4 EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein c r in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer. IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL. INCIDENTAL. SPECIAL. INDIRECT. OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES' WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY. WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE. OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO. REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the gainsaid, of the foregoing. Pierce specifically disclaims any Iiablllly for properly ce Personal injury tlamages, penalties, damages for fast profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or protlucts or any associated ...ipmenl, cost of subslltole vehicles or prodbcls, dowmdme. delay damages, any other types of economic loss. or for any claims by any tend puny for any such damages. Note: Any Sump Bond, it. an of the sale of the vehicle es to which this limited waranry IS provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic On. Year Limited Warranty for sock vehicle, antl not to other nananhes made Dy Place in a sepamle document fit Pay) ce to lire wanselies (it any) made by any ..fact.., (.Isar than Pierce) of any pan, component, atraprmenr or accessory the; s inaorpomfed into or attached to the vehicle. 21 -226 F � � a4 !$ I ME�RiTOR COMCM IRCIVA �U�EH S�YST►EOO 1 Mlr!�,'y -_-�• F "� -1�' a" '�y�c �''� \F'^.,st I)C"M1W b :y k a �- �� �I."' I-'1. I, v ,7 '- ry 11 xr o� IF WARRANTY � M � ' � ��r_ IL� EARS Y �yIli , ri k�I � A>r' $ n � T 1` M �. 3 d 7" sk4 � I fl t 4th Effective Model Year 2013 Vehicles Linehaul.............................................................................. ............................... 4 -5 GeneralService .................................................................... ............................... 6 -7 HeavyService ...................................................................... ............................... 8 -9 Off- Highway Service ................................................................ .............................10 Termsand Conditions .............................................................. .............................11 How to Read Warranty Coverage Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) P =Parts Only Unl= Unlimited P &L =Parts & Labor Models or components that are approved for use by Merilor's vocational guidelines contained in Merilor Publication TP -9441 for axles. SP -8320 for bailer axles, which are nol specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1 /Unl /P). 3 21 -228 HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES • Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) • Airport Shuttle • Asphalt Truck • Block Truck • Bottom Dump Trailer Combination • Cementing Vehicle • City Bus • Commercial Pick -Up • Concrete Pumper • Construction Material Hauler • Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) • Mixer • Demolition • Drill Rig • Dump • Emergency Service • Equipment Hauling • Flalbed Trailer Hauler • Flalbed Truck • Fracturing Truck • Front Loader • Geophysical Exploration • Hopper Trailer Combinations • Landscaping Truck • Liquid Waste Hauler • Log Hauling • Lowboy • Michigan Special Gravel Trains • Michigan Special Log Hauler HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS • Michigan Special Steel Hauler • Michigan Special Waste Vehicle • Municipal Dump • Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) • Rear Loader • Recycling Truck • Residential Pick -Up • Rigging Truck • Roll -Oh • Scrap Truck • Semi -End Dump • Sewer /Septic Vacuum • Shuttle Bus • Side Loader • Snowplow /Snowblower • Steel Hauling • Tanker • Tank Truck • Tractors with Pale Trailers • Tractor /Trailer with Jeeps • Transfer Dump • Transfer Vehicle • Transit Bus • Trolley • Utility Truck • Winch Truck • Moderate mileage operation (less than 60.000 miles per year) Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of • On /Oil road vocations (10% or more oll -road) products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Merilor, Mettler • Moderate to frequent slops /starls (up to to slops per mile) WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, and /or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. FRONT DRIVE/NON -DRIVE STEER AXLES - 2 /UNL /P &L FO -965 FG -941 MFS -6 -1623 MFS- 10- 143A -N MFS- 16- 122A -N MX -16 -120 FF -941 FG -943 MFS- 6 -162C MFS- 10- 144A -N MFS- 16- 143A -N MX -17 -140 FF -942 FH -941 MFS- 7- 113C -N MFS- 12- 143A -P1 RF -16 -145 MX -19 -140 FF -943 FH -945 MFS- 7- 153C -N MFS- 12- 144A -hl MFS- 18- 133A -N MX -21 -140 FF -944 FH -946 MFS- 7- 163C -N MFS -12 -155 MFS- 20- 133A -N MX -21 -160 FF -946 FL -941 MFS- 8- 113B -N MFS- 13- 143A -N RF -21 -160 MX -23 -160 FF -961 FL -943 MFS -8- 1538 -N MFS- 13- 144A -N MX -10 -120 MX -23 -810 FF -966 MFS- 6- 151A -N MFS -8- 1638 -N MFS -13 -155 MX -12 -120 FF -967 MFS -6 -1538 MFS- 10 -122A MFS- 14- 143A -N MX -14 -120 CLUTCHES REAR DRIVE SINGLE AXLES - 2/UNL/P 81 15.5" HD Clutch' 1 /100 /P &L MS -10 -113 RC -23 -160 MS -26 -616 155'TwinXTend 1 /100 /P &L RS -13 -120 RH -23 -160 RS -26- 185/380 17" FreedomLine Clutch 1 /100 /P &L RS -15 -120 RS -23 -160 NIS -30 -616 ' Products with an in- service date prior to 11/01/02 warranted by Merilor Clutch MS- 17 -14X RS- 23.160 RH -30 -185 Company. RS- 17- 144/145/A RC -23 -161 RS- 30- 185/380 MS -19 -14X. RH -23 -161 MS -35 -380 DRIVELINES - 1 /UNL /P &L RS -19 -144 RS -23 -161 RS -38 -380 MS -21 -114 RS -23- 186/380 RC -25 -160 RPL 92N RN MXL MS- 21 -14X RC -23 -162 RC -26 -633 RS -21 -145 RC -23 -165 MT -58 -616 RS- 21 -145/A RS -24 -160 71162 RS -21 -160 RS -25 -160 71163 RC -22 -145 RH -26 -185 Pll6iIal INDUSTRIAL AND OFF- HIGHWAY SERVICE VEHICLES • Load- On /Load-Olt • Yard Jockey • Specialized Mining • Rail Car Mover • Pmt Tractor • All- Terrain Crane • Excavator • Loader • Rail Yard Spoiler • Rough Terrain Crane • Compactor • Tow Tractor • Roll -On /Roll -011 • Forestry • Fertilizer Spreader • Pushback Tractor • Stevedoring Tractor • Material Handling • Snow Blower MFS- 16- 122A -N • Trailer Spoiler • Specialized Heavy Haul • Mining INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS • Low mileage operation • Law speed vehicle speed restriction • Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use • Six (6) starts /stops per mile (typical) DRIVE STEER AXLES - 1 /UNL /P MOR MOX MOC Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of products he properly approved pursuant to OEM, Meritor, Meritor WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles and /or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. FRONT NON -DRIVE STEER AXLES -1 /UNL /P FF - 941 FL - 943 MFS- 16- 143A -N FF -943 MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N FF -961 MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 20- 133A -N FF - 966 MFS- 13- 143A -N MON -ZO FAIv11LY FG - 941 MFS- 13- 140-14 1 /Unl /P FG - 943 MFS- 14- 143A -N ' Based on stamped year diameter max. FL -941 MFS- 16- 122A -N PLANETARY AXLES - 1 /UNL /P MOR Mox MOC MOT' REAR DRIVE SINGLE AXLES - 1 /UNL /P BS -23 -186 MS -30 -616 MS -35 -380 RS -23 -380 RS -30 -185 RS -24 -160 RS -30 -380 10 DRIVELINES - 1 /UNL /P RPL RN MXL REAR DRIVE TANDEM AXLES - 1 /UNL /P MT- 44 -14X /P MT -70 -380 RT- 46- 164EH /P MT -52 -616 RT- 44 -145/P RT-50 -160/P MT -58 -616 RT- 46 -I60 /P BRAKE COMPONENTS Cam P 3 /1-01 /P Cam 0 Plus" 3 /Unl /P &L ASA 3 /Unl/P Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components I MAP Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1 /Unl /P All Other Brakes 1 /Unl /P LX500 Feature' 1 /Unl /P ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam and ASA. WABCO compressors installed on Cummins. Mercedes. and DOC engines are not ' Based on stamped year diameter max. respective dealer/ MERITOR WABCO COMPONENTS' ABS (Anti -Lack Braking System) Air /Hydraulic 3 /300 1P &L Air Dryers (ALL) 1 110O/P &L Leveling Valves 1 /Unl /P &L Air Brake Valves 1/100/F Clutch Controls 2 /200 /P &L Air Courpressors2 1 /100 /P &L Actuator 1 /100 /P &L ' Warranted by Medlor WABCO Vehicle Control Systems. WABCO compressors installed on Cummins. Mercedes. and DOC engines are not warmnled or serviced by Mauer 4VABCO. Please contact your respective dealer/ distributor of those engines for viananly and servicing. P4009181 COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS: Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise, (2) resulting from the use or installation of non - genuine Merilor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components, and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. Front Axles King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Self- contained fraction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. Clutch Friction face and mating surface of center and pressure plate, wear pads and clutch brake. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over - torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. ABS, Electronic Stability Control (ESC), Roll Stability Control (RSC) and onGuard Cut, broken, chatted or otherwise damaged cable wires. Damaged sensors from removal when seized in block, or sensor adjust- ments /alignments. Valve lailures due to contamination in air system. E.C.U. failures due to excessive over - voltage conditions. Air Dryers Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only. Air System Components Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals. Water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a non - genuine air dryer cartridge will not be covered. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe "rust- jacking." Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. COVERAGE LIMITATIONS: Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from dale of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or pub- lished vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles it the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Merilor. If yoke is not installed by Merilor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles it the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Merilor. Rear Axles The MeritorO breather part number A- 2291 -C -8765 with A- 3196 -J -1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and, /or loss of tube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Disc Brake Warranty coverage for bools, seals, bushings and pins is 21200/P Warranty coverage for pads is 1 /100 /P. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1.850 lb-11 engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. 11 21 -231 (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Merilor Inc. warrants to the owner ( "Owner') that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ( "OEM ") as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on- highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM's vehicle warranty lot the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable lime period from the date of vehicle purchase by the lirsl Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration or coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanulactumd) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further infotmalion about lubrication and maintenance, see Mentor publication Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Mentor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Mentor through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of [tie vehicle into which the Mentor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service dale. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer or with Merilor directly. Failure to notify Merilor of (1) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1 /URI /P) hour the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Merilor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Merilor or through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Mender's warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM, Merilor, Meritor- WABCO, and ZF engineering approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles. and /or contact Meritor regaining specific application approval questions on any product line. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malluections or is damaged as a result of (1) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Merilor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power sellings to exceed the transmission, axle, driveline, and /or clutch lorque capacity), or (III) improper or insuflicienl maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or tube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or pail that is not sold by Mentor. For vehicles that operate lull or part lime outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1 /Unl /P) will apply. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Mentor's option. Mender reserves the right to require (hat all applicable failed materials are available and /or returned to Merilor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies. In no event shall Merilor he liable lot special, incidental, indirecl, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to. lowing, downtime, lost produclivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Mentor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer or authorized Merilor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Metter lot an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Mentor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any detective Merilor component covered by this warranty. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Merilor and the Owner about warranty and no Merilor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Mentor. This agreement allocates the responsi bit !lies for component [allure between Mentor and the Owner. El' r : T" -1 '166) OR For more information. Merilor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC 866- OnTracl (866 -668 -7221) 2135 West Maple Road n12012 in USA 2012 tdclilm.lrc. merttor.com Troy, Michigan 48084 USA SP -95155 Revised 06- 12(4 7865/1 12r)(1) Wiidtl mnuels, blmids and mines 9eaventhereina,e the vov,t y nl inert mvecnve owners,end a re nnl in anp n, aims ma enln teem, IM.. W us 19.Ntes. 21 -232 S r �MERIT� II1%IE_RaClyAL p �?1EHEI1, 11 1 S) I I . W �Wr�R+R�AN WYE %MODEL YYWAPOR ", 2011AWMV x ,r �r • f' -. _ uJ"r i hg h�+' EI '4 15 �a f d kh - i 4 u y,i ffi I �L-7- � SIMPLER IS BETTER Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered. Advantage Program Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866- OnTracl(866- 668 - 7221). 2 21 -234 WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS Effective Model Year 2014 Vehicles Linehaul.............................................................................. ............................... 4 -5 GeneralService .................................................................... ............................... 6 -7 HeavyService ....................................................................... ............................... 8 -9 Off- Highway Service ................................................................. .............................10 Terms and Conditions ............................................................... .............................11 How to Read Warranty Coverage Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) P =Parts Only I Unl= Unlimited P &L =Parts & Labor Notice: Models or components that are approved for use by Mentor's vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1 /Unl /P). Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1 /Unl /P). 3 21 -235 A LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION Linehaul Vehicles © Auto Hauler 0 Flatbed 0 Bulk Hauler ■ General Freight ® Chip Hauler (Truck)" 0 Grain Hauler M Doubles 0 Livestock Hauler EJ Refrigerated Freight ■Moving Van 13 Tanker • Pipe Hauler 0 Triples `Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration Linehaul Typically Is Coverage under Mentor's warranty requires that the application of products be 0 High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles /year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for 11 Well maintained major highways of concrete or axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, and /or contact Meritor asphalt construction regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. 13 Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping Front Non -Drive Steer Axles — 5 /750 /P &L FD -965 FF -944 FG -941 MFS- 10- 144A -N MFS- 13- 143A -N FF -941 FF -961 FG -943 MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 13- 144A -N FF -942 FF -966 MFS- 10 -122A MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 14.143A -N FF -943 FF -967 MFS- 10- 143A-N MFS - 125- 143A -N Rear Drive Single Axles — 5/750/P &L Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles — 5/750/P &L RS- 19- 144/145/A RS -21 -160 RS -23 -161 RT- 34- 144 /P /A MA -40 -165 MT -40 -943 MS- 19 -14X RH -23 -160 RS -23 -186 RT -40- 145 /P /A MT- 34 -14X /P RZ -1661 MS- 21- 144MA -N RS -23 -160 RT -40- 160 0!2 MT- 40 -14X /P RZ -188 RS -21 -145 RH -23 -161 RT- 46- 160 /P!' MT- 40 -14X/P RT- 46- 164EH /P!' MT -40 -143 Drivelines RT -50- 160 1P17 MT- 40 -144/P ' These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl /P &L 'Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (BAR) MXL 3/350/P, 1 /Unl /P &L approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis 155N 1 /Unl /P number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter 4303 and 1396 far 92N 1 /Unl /P further details. 21 -236 LINEI-IAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems Cam 0 Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1 /100 /1. MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' LX500 Feature' 517501P &L Major Structural Components 5/500/1', 1 /100 /L Cam Q PIuSTM 5 /500 /1', I /Unl /P &L Height Control Valve 1 /100 /P &L ASA 5/500/P, 1 /Unl /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /200 /P &L Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1 /Unl /P Air Springs 2/200/1', 1 /100 /L Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1 /Unl /P Bushings 7 /Unl /P, 5 /Unl /L All Other Brakes 1 /Unl /P Pinloc Air Controls 1 /100 /P &L X30TM Drumsz 12 -Years or Wearable Life /P Pinloc Actuator 3 /300 /P &L EX Air Disc Brake 51500/P, I /Unl /L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of Major Structural Components 5 /500 /P, 1 /100 /L 3 /500 /P &L. Height Control Valve 1 /100 1P &L t Based on stamped wear diameter max. Shock Absorbers 2 /Z00 /P &L Air Springs 2/200/1', 1 /100 /L Trailer Axles Bushings 7 /Unl /P, 5 /Unl /L MTA (Trailing Arm) Beam and Brackets 5 /500 /1', 1 /100 11. Major Structural Components 5 /500 /1', 1 /100 /L Wheel End Systems' Height Control Valve 1 /100 /P &L StandardSyslem' I /100 /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 1200 1P &L Preset by MerituO 5 /500 /P &L Air Springs & Rebound Straps 212001P, 11100 /L AXIePak4' 4P /3L Bushings 5/500/P, 31300 /1. Beam and Brackets 5/5001P, 1 /100 /L Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2 /Ual P &L when torqued by Mentor Ax1ePak61 6P /5L (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Beam and Brackets 61600 /1',1 /100 /L ' Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. ' When installed by Mentor. ' Requires approved hubcap staling Pusel by Maribor on hubcap face. ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Mentor bearings. ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) TAG /Pusher Axles' TO, TOD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5 /750 /P &L ' For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer la appropriate product warranties. Meritor Tire Inflation System by PSI MTIS Components 3/500/P &L NZ10911 In GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION General Service Vehicles ®Aerial Ladder Truck • Aerial Platform • Ambulance C Auto Hauler 0 Beverage Truck ® Chip Hauler m Cross Country Coach El Flatbed IN Front Engine Commercial Chassis • Front Engine Integral Coach • General Freight • Intercity Coach • Intermodal Chassis © Livestock Hauler ® Meat Packer ■ Moving Van O Municipal Truck ■ Newspaper Delivery ■ Pick -Up and Delivery s Pipe Hauler ■ Platform Auto Hauler S Pumper O Rear Engine Integral Coach O Recreational Vehicles 0 Refrigerated Freight ® School Bus E3 Stake Truck ® Tanker ® Tanker Truck ■ Tour Bus 91 Wrecker General Service Typically Is Coverage under Meritor's warranty requires that the application of products be • Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles /year) properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for • Generally, on -road service (less than 10% off -road) axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, and /or contact Mentor • An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Drive /Non -Drive Steer Axles — 2 /Unl /P &L FD -965 FF -967 MFS- 6- 162B -N MFS -8- 1536 -14 MFS- 13- 122A -N FF -941 FG -941 MFS- 6- 153C -N MFS -8- 1636 -N MFS- 13- 143A -N FF -942 FH -941 MFS- 6- 162C -N MFS- 10 -122A MFS- 13- 144A -N FF -943 FH -946' MFS- 7- 113C -N MFS- 10- 143A -N MFS- 14- 143A -N FF -944 FL -941 MFS- 7- 153C -N MFS- 10- 144A -N MFS- 16- 122A -N FF -946 FL -943 MFS- 7- 163C -N MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 16- 143A -N FF -961 MFS- 6- 151A -N MFS -8- 11313-11 MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N FF -966 MFS -6- 1538 -N MFS- 8- 143A -N MFS - 125- 143A -N MFS- 20- 133A -N ' Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications Rear Drive Single Axles — 2 /Unl /P &L Rear Drive Tandem — 3 /Unl /P &L MS -10 -113 RS- 19- 144/145/A RC -23 -160 RS -23 -161 RS -30 -185 RT -40 -160 /P RT- 46- 164EH /P MS -11 -113 MS- 21 -14X RC -23 -161 RS -23 -161 MS -30 -616 RT -46 -160 /P RT -50 -160 /P MS -12 -113 MS- 21- 144MA -N RC -23 -162' RS -23 -186 RS -35 -380 MS- 17 -14X RS -21 -145 RC -23 -165' RS -24 -160 71162 Drivelines MS- 19 -14X RS- 21 -145/A RH -23 -160 RC -25 -160 71163 RS -13 -120 RS -21 -160 RH -23 -161 RS -25 -160 79163 RPL 4/400/P, I /Unl /P &L RS -15 -120 RC -22 -145 RS -23 -160 RS -26 -185 MXL 3 /350 /P,1/Unl /P &L RS- 17- 144/145/A RC- 22 -145/A RS -23 -160 MS -26 -616 155N l /Unl /P 92N l /UnI7P ' 3 /Unl /P &L if Preset by Mentor. Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles MT- 34 -14X /P MT- 40 -144/P RT- 34- 144 /P /A RT -40- 145 /P /A MT- 40 -14X /P MT- 44.14X/P MT- 40- 143DA -N RT -44 -145 /P MT- 40- 143MA -N' RT -46 -169 2 /Unl /P &L MT -52 -616 RZ -166 RT -52 -1857 RZ -188 MT -58 -616 RT -58 -185' MT -70 -380 ' Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Mentor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter 9303 and 3396 for further details, 10JEOXL7 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Brake Components Cam 0 Series Trailer Brakes 31Unl /P, 1 /Uol /L LX500 Feature' 3 /Unl /P &L Cam P' 212001P Cam 3 /Unl /P Cam 0 PIUSTM 3 /Unl /P &L Cam 0 Plus TM 3 2 /200 /P &L ASA 3 /Unl /P ASA' 2/200/P Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1 /Unl /P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1 /Unl /P All Other Brakes I /Unl /P X30Tm Drums' 12 -Years or Wearable Life /P EX Air Disc Brake 2 /Unl /P &L ' Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of I /Unl /P. 'Based on stamped wear diameter max. ' Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. Trailer Axles Beam and Brackets' 5/500/P, 11100/1. Wheel End Systems' Standard System' 1 /Unl /P &L AxlePak4' 4P /3L Beam and Brackets 5 /500 /P, 1 /100 /1. AzlePak6' 6P /5L Beam and Brackets 6 1600 /P. 1 /100 /1. ' 9000 Series is 3 /1.101/P, I /OnI /L ' Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. ' When installed by Maribor ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Meritor. bearings. ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Chassis Axles (2000 Series /ChassiPak) Beam & Brackets 6 /Unl /P, 1 /Unl /L Wheel End Systems' Standard System 1 /Unl /P &L AxlePak4' 4P /3L Beam and Brackets 7P /1L AalePak61 6P /5L Beam and Brackets 7P /IL Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEIACO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and Meritor bearings. ' Applies to STEMCO Guardian HP Seal, STEMCO Pro -Torq nut, STEMCO Integrated Sentinel Hub Cap, and STEMCO matched bearing sets. Trailer Air Suspension Systems MPA38 /40 (Tandem Azle Parallelogram)' Major Structural Components 5 /Unl/P, I /Unl /L Height Control Valve 1 /Unl /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /Unl /P &L Air Springs 2 /Unl /P, 1 /Unl /L Bushings 7 /Un Up, 5 /Unl /L Air Controls 1 /100 /P &L Air Actuator 3 /300 /P &L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5 /Unl /P, I /Unl/L Height Control Valve I/Ual /P &L Shock Absorbers 21NIP &L Air Springs 2 /Unl /P, 1 /Unl /L Bushings 7 /Unl /P, 5 /Unl /L MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components 5 /Unl /P, I /Unl /L Height Control Valve 1 /Unl /P &L Shock Absorbers 2 /Unl /P &L Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2 /Unl /P, 1 /Unl /L Bushings' S /Unl /P, 3 /Unl /L (for axle and ADS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) ' fastener torque coverage is limited to 2 1Unl P &L when torqued by Meritor ' Raw wood applications 3 /Unl /P. I /Unl /L TAG /Pusher Axles TO, TOO, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets' NUN, 1 /Unl /L MC12002, MC14002, MC16003, PH946 2 /Unl /P &L (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) ' 3 /UNUP &L if sold with Preset by Meritor. Meritor° Tire Inflation System by PSI MTIS Components 3 /500 /P &L 21 -239 HEAVY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Heavy Service Vehicles 0 Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) 0 Airport Shuttle 0 Asphalt Truck 0 Block Truck 0 Bottom Dump Trailer Combination ■ Cementing Vehicle O City Bus I] Commercial Pick -Up 19 Concrete Pumper ® Construction Material Hauler ■ Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) 0 Mixer 10 Demolition Heavy Service Typically Is © Drill Rig ■ Dump ■ Emergency Service ■ Equipment Hauling 17 Flatbed Trailer Hauler I@ Flatbed Truck ■ Fracturing Truck © Front Loader M Geophysical Exploration ■ Hopper Trailer Combinations 0 Landscaping Truck 0 Liquid Waste Hauler 0 Log Hauling ■ Lowboy 0 Michigan Special Gravel Trains 01 Michigan Special Log Hauler O Michigan Special Steel Hauler 0 Michigan Special Waste Vehicle ■ Municipal Dump ■ Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) El Rear Loader 0 Recycling Truck © Residential Pick -Up M Rigging Truck O Roll -Off ■ Scrap Truck 1.7 Semi -End Dump ■ Sewer /Septic Vacuum 0 Shuttle Bus 0 Side Loader ■ Snowplow /Snowblower ■ Steel Hauling 0 Tanker ® Tank Truck 0 Tractors with Pole Trailers 0 Tractor7Trailer with Jeeps ■ Transfer Dump 0 Transfer Vehicle O Transit Bus ■ Trolley ■ Utility Truck ■ Winch Truck 0 Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles peryear) Coverage under Mentor's warranty requires that the application of prod - 0 On /Off road vocations (10% or more off -road) ucts he properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to 0 Moderate to frequent stops /starts (up to 10 stops per mile) TP -9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Drive /Non -Drive Steer Axles — 2 /Unl /P &L FD -965 FG -941 MFS- 6 -162C MFS- I0- 140-14 MFS- 16- 143A -N MX -18 -120 FF -941 FG -943 MFS- 7- 113C -N MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N MX -17 -140 FF -942 FH -941 MFS- 7- 153C -N MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 20- 133A -N MX -19 -140 FF -943 FH -946 MFS -7- 1630 -N MFS -12 -155 RF -16 -145 MX -21 -140 FF -944 FL -941 MFS -8- 1138 -N MFS- 13- 143A -N RF -21 -160 MX -21 -160 FF -946 FL -943 MFS -8- 1538 -N MFS- 13- 144A -N MX -10 -120 MX -23 -160 FF -961 MFS- 6- 151A -N MFS -8- 1638 -N MFS -13 -155 MX -12 -120 MX -23 -810 FF -966 MFS -6 -1538 MFS- 10 -122A MFS- 14- 143A -N MX -14 -120 FF -967 MFS -6 -1628 MFS- 10- 143A -N MFS- 16- 122A -N MX -I6 -120 Drivelines — 1 /Unl /P &L Rear Drive Single Axles — 2 /Unl /P &L RPL 92N RN MXL MS -10 -113 RC -23 -160 MS -26 -616 RS -13 -120 RH -23 -160 RS- 26- 185/380 RS -15 -120 RS -23 -160 MS -30 -616 MS- 17 -14X RS -23 -160 RH -30 -185 RS- 17- 144/145/A RC -23 -161 RS -30- 185/380 MS- 19 -14X RH -23 -161 MS -35 -380 RS -19 -144 RS -23 -161 RS -38 -380 MS -21 -114 RS- 23- 1861380 RC -25 -160 MS- 21 -14X RC -23 -162 RC -26 -633 RS -21 -145 RC -23 -165 MT -58 -616 RS- 21 -145/A RS -24 -160 71162 RS -21 -160 RS -25 -160 71163 RC -22 -145 RH -26 -185 79163 21 -240 I r e � , r HEAVY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Rear Drive Tandem /Tridem Axles — 2 /Unl /P &L MT- 34 -14X/P MT- 40444 RT -46 -169 2/100/P RT -70 -3805 RT -34- 144 /P /A MT- 40 -144/P MT -52 -616 MT -70 -3805 MT- 40 -14X /P RT -40- 145 /P /A RT- 52- 185/3802,1°.5 RZ -1663 MT- 40- 143DA -N MT- 44 -14X /P MT -58 -616 RZ -1885 MT- 40- 143MA -N' RT -44 -145 /P RT -58- 1851380 1,1 ?.5 X30T14 Drums' U.S. only. Canadian warranty = L /Unl/P for combination vehicles only. ' Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. ' Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. ' Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter 4303 and 9396 for further details. 3 Warranty is I /Unl /P &L when used with 2050 b.ft. engines.Refer to Product Information Letter 4293 for further details. Brake Components Cam P 3 /Unl /P Cam P' 2/100/P Cam Cast PlusT'a 2 /100 /P &L Cam 0 Plus`""' 3 /1-Inl /P &L Cam 0 PIUSTiN1 2 /100 /P &L ASA 3 /Unl /P ASA' 2/100/P Hubs /Cast Drums and Other Wheel -end Components 1 /UnI1P Hydraulic Disc Brakes UUni /P All Othef Brakes 1 /Unl /P X30T14 Drums' 12 -Years or Wearable Life /P EX Air Disc Brake 2 /100 /P &L ' Based on stamped wear diameter max. ' Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only, ' Warranty for all non - Merilor ASAs supplied by Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/1001P. Transfer Cases — 1 /Unl /P MTC -4208 MTC -4213 T -2119 MTC -4210 T -2111 T -2120 Rear Drive Tandem — 3 /Unl /P &L RT- 40- 160 /P /A3 RT- 46- 160/P/A'-3 RT -46 -164 EH /P /Azs RT -50- 160 /P /A1 ' U.S. only. Canadian warranty = .1 /Unl /P for combination vehicles only. ' Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (BAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter 9303 and 9396 for further details. Meritor Tire Inflation System by PSI MTIS Components 3 /500 /P &L Trailer Air Suspension Systems MTA (Trailing Arm) Major Structural Components' 51Unl /P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1 /UnMP &L Shack Absorbers 2 /Unl /P &L Air Springs 2 /Unl /P,1 /Unl /L Bushings' S /Unl /P, 3/Unl /L ' Raw wood applications 3 /Unl /P, I /Unl /L (For axle and ADS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) Center Non -drive Axles — 2 /Unl /P &L MC26000 71063 79063 Trailer Axles Beam and Brackets' 5 /Unl /P, 1 /Unl /1 Wheel End Systems' Standard Systems 1 /Unl /P &I 9000 Series is 3 /Unl /P. 1 /Unl /L. ' Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. ' When installed by Merilor. (For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 21 -241 OFF - HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Industrial And Off- Highway Service Vehicles ® Load -On /Load -Ofl ® Yard Jockey 0 Specialized Mining O Rail Car Mover El Port Tractor ■AII- Terrain Crane O Excavator ® Loader B Rail Yard Spotter E Rough Terrain Crane MCompactor 13 Tow Tractor O Roll -On /Roll -Off ■ Forestry O Fertilizer Spreader M Pushhack Tractor ■ Stevedoring Tractor ® Material Handling 2 Snow Blower 2 Trailer Spotter ■ Specialized Heavy Haul ■Mining Industrial And Off- Highway Service Typically Is N Low mileage operation Coverage under Merilor's warranty requires that the application of products be ® Low speed vehicle speed restriction properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP -9441 for ® Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, and /or contact Meritor regarding specific application 13 Six (6) starts /stops per mile (typical) approval questions on any product line. Drive Steer Axles — 1 /Unl /P MOR MOX MOC Front Non -Drive Steer Axles — 1 /Unl /P FF - 941 FL - 943 Cam D PIusTA° MFS- 16- 143A -N FF - 943 MFS- 12- 143A -N MFS- 18- 133A -N FF- 961 MFS- 12- 144A -N MFS- 20- 133A -N FF -966 MFS- 13- 143A -N MON-ZO FAMILY FG - 941 MFS -13- 1,10 -N FG - 943 MFS- 14- 143A -N FL - 941 MFS- 16- 122A -N Planetary Axles — 1 /Unl /P MOR MOx MOC MOT Rear Drive Single Axles — 1 /Unl /P RS -23 -186 MS -30 -616 MS -35 -380 RS -23 -380 RS -30 -185 RS -24 -160 RS -30 -380 10 Drivelines — 1 /Unl /P RPL RN MXL Rear Drive Tandem Axles — 2 /Unl /P IAT- 44 -14X /P MT -10 -380 RT- 46- 164EH /P MT -52 -616 RT- 44 -145/P RT -50 -160 /P MT -58 -616 RT- 46 -160/P RZ -166 Brake Components Cam P 3 /Unl /P Cam D PIusTA° 3 /Unl /P &L ASA 3 /Unl /1' Hubs /Cast Drums and Other wheel -end Components 1 LM& Hydraulic Disc Brakes l /unflP All Other Brakes I /Unl /P 21 -242 TERMS AND CONDITIONS Coverage Exclusions Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non - genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. Front Axles King Pin Bushings. Rear Axles Self- contained traction equalizers and ail filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over - torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe "rust- jacking." Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. Coverage Limitations Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1 /Unl /P). Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3- year /300,000 -mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year /unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor. Rear Axles The Meritor° breather part number A- 2297 -C -8765 with A- 3196 -J -1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and /or loss of lube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Disc Brake Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details. 11 21 -243 TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Mettler Inc. warrants to the owner ( "Owner ") that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ( "OEM ") as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on- highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM's vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as re- placements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Mentor publication Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Mentor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Mentor through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Mentor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Mentor of (1) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (IU a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (I /Un1 /P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Mentor's warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TV-9441 for axles, SP -8320 for trailer axles, TP -12126 for drivelines, and /or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (U improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (IU accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or tube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1 /Unl /P) will apply. (5) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Mertor's option. Mentor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and /or returned to Mentor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty. THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies. In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component, (8) To Obtain Service. If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and /or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu- ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty. (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Mentor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner, Velncle maOeM1 bland, ad s,.1 nnprttM bnnm art lbnpnWMydl the mnpenne vnnou. and a214 h Lnp.Wy sID fisted m@ na,tm. Inc, m its alGlotns. ?` M E'gt$'q OR Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC For more information: 2135 West Maple Road call Onlrac at 866- 668 -7221 Troy, Michigan 48084 USA or visit meritoccom 02013 Mclitoc Im. Litho 6 USA. SP -95155 Revised 10 -13 (47665/11900) iiy601i! PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.0 AN OSHKOSH CORPORATION' COMPANY Certification Document CDO113 Engine Installation — Arrow XT 2013 ISL Engine Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. certifies that the 2013 Cummins ISL Engine as installed in an Arrow XT chassis meets the engine installation requirements of the engine manufacturer, the NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1906 guidelines as applicable, and Pierce engine design standards. Validation testing was conducted in the Pierce wind tunnel chassis dynamometer and cooling test laboratory. Test results have been reviewed and accepted by representatives of the engine supplier. VALIDATION TEST: All Testing Completed by Cummins Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. /"' " X � ,/•f'f.;.��i r'o'e...- - David W. Archer Vice President of Engineering May 3, 2013 CU01 13 Engine - Arrow XT ISL 2013 130503.doe A NIti %E. January 15.2013 Id r. Neil Bprnstad Pierce Manufacturing Inc. 2e O American Crhn APp 91011, Yl l 54913 Dear Nail We have ro doorrod me inst.Jlancn of rho Cummins EPA 131SL9 engue, in tie Pierce An" %T chassis and have found that IN mgim, models listed below or- insmll Yl in concurlem9w h our installation rocommendmicam. Please Wily us it Chore are any changes m the mstanaeon of mese arlinas. It any charges are mada. they must be reviesW and a nev stalunont will N issuad regarding concuronce. Engme Models Rwimed: ISL9 450 519 400 SL ma ISL9 We ISL9 350 Plaasa lot me know if Yw need any acidmonal information.. Smceraly, Michael 8ankmvski OEM Account Manager _lu a-r.¢k im st co uuw, Fm nusonro 13 O Red.W An 10114/2014 21 -245 PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC. TO: All Dealer Service Representatives From: Kevin Hanegraaf DATE: January A, 2010 BULLETIN RE: UPF Tank Warranty Policy — Truck in Accident Service Topic #292 To keep the UPF tank warranty valid on trucks that have been involved in a vehicular accident, it is UPF's policy that the customer must remove the tank from the truck and send it back to one of UPF's facilities for inspection. In the event that this does not take place, the warranty will be considered null and void. The customer must remove and send the tank back to UPF for inspection in order to maintain the original warranty coverage, at which time it will be: - Filled with water - Visually inspected - Ultraviolet spark tested on articulating test stand in the dark - Recommendation for repairs if necessary provided by UPF - Fully evaluated and repaired by UPF If your customer chooses to leave the tank on the truck and wants a technician to inspect and /or repair the tank in the field, then the warranty is no longer in effect. This direction is upheld by UPF because the technician cannot inspect the entire tank when it is still installed on the truck. Note: This memo is intended to relay the information Pierce has received on UPF's tank warranty for trucks that are in a vehicular accident. In the event of an actual claim, we direct you to consult with UPF's service Manager Maura Watts (800- 638 -8265 x253) 2800 AMERICAN DRIVE • APPLETON, WI 54912 -2017 • 920- 832 -3000 21 -246 EXHIBIT D INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS —VENDORS 1. Provision of Insurance. Without limiting Vendor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of work, Vendor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement, policies of insurance of the type and amounts described below and in a form satisfactory to City. Contractor agrees to provide insurance in accordance with requirements set forth here. If Contractor uses existing coverage to comply and that coverage does not meet these requirements, Contractor agrees to amend, supplement or endorse the existing coverage. 2. Acceptable Insurers. All insurance policies shall be issued by an insurance company currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, with an assigned policyholders' Rating of A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide, unless otherwise approved by the City's Risk Manager. 3. Coverage Requirements. A. Workers' Compensation Insurance. Vendor shall maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance, statutory limits, and Employers Liability Insurance with limits of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury by accident and each employee for bodily injury by disease in accordance with the laws of the State of California, Section 3700 of the Labor Code. Vendor shall submit to City, along with the certificate of insurance, a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement in favor of City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers. B. General Liability Insurance. Vendor shall maintain commercial general liability insurance, and if necessary umbrella liability insurance, with coverage at least as broad as provided by Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, two million dollars ($2,000,000) general aggregate. The policy shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, products - completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with no endorsement or modification limiting the scope of coverage for liability assumed under a contract. C. Automobile Liability Insurance. Vendor shall maintain automobile insurance at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the Vendor arising out of or in connection with Work to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for any owned, hired, non -owned or rented vehicles, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit each accident. sydrtA 4. Other Insurance Requirements. The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: A. Waiver of Subrogation. All insurance coverage maintained or procured pursuant to this agreement shall be endorsed to waive subrogation against City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers or shall specifically allow Vendor or others providing insurance evidence in compliance with these requirements to waive their right of recovery prior to a loss. Vendor hereby waives its own right of recovery against City, and shall require similar written express waivers from each of its subcontractors. B. Additional Insured Status. All liability policies including general liability, excess liability, pollution liability, and automobile liability, but not including professional liability, shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, and agents shall be included as insureds under such policies. C. Primary and Non Contributory. All liability coverage shall apply on a primary basis and shall not require contribution from any insurance or self- insurance maintained by City. D. Notice of Cancellation. All policies shall provide City with thirty (30) days notice of cancellation (except for nonpayment for which ten (10) days notice is required) or nonrenewal of coverage for each required coverage. 5. Additional Agreements Between the Parties. The Parties hereby agree to the following: A. Evidence of Insurance. Vendor shall provide certificates of insurance to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein, along with a waiver of subrogation endorsement for workers' compensation and other endorsements as specified herein for each coverage. Insurance certificates and endorsement must be approved by City's Risk Manager prior to commencement of performance. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with City at all times during the term of this contract. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. B. City's Right to Revise Requirements. The City reserves the right at any time during the term of the contract to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving the Vendor sixty (60) days advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial additional cost to the Vendor, the City and Vendor may renegotiate Contractor's compensation. C. Enforcement of Contract Provisions. Vendor acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the part of the City to inform Vendor of non- compliance with any requirement imposes no additional obligations on the City nor does it waive any rights hereunder. D. Requirements not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 21 -248 Party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. E. Self- insured Retentions. Any self- insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. City reserves the right to require that self- insured retentions be eliminated, lowered, or replaced by a deductible. Self- insurance will not be considered to comply with these requirements unless approved by City. F. City Remedies for Non Compliance If Vendor or any subcontractor fails to provide and maintain insurance as required herein, then City shall have the right but not the obligation, to purchase such insurance, to terminate this agreement, or to suspend Vendor's right to proceed until proper evidence of insurance is provided. Any amounts paid by City shall, at City's sole option, be deducted from amounts payable to Vendor or reimbursed by Vendor upon demand. G. Timely Notice of Claims. Vendor shall give City prompt and timely notice of claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Vendor's performance under this Agreement, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required liability policies. H. Vendor's Insurance. Vendor shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the Work. Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 29 -249 EXHIBIT E CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ , being at the rate of $ thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for the manufacturing of Two (2) 2015 Arrow XT Pumpers in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and ,duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of One Million Two Hundred Forty Six Thousand Two Hundred Eighteen Dollars and 05/100 ($1,246,218.05) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 29 -250 thereunder shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Equipment by the City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the day of 2014. Name of Contractor (Principal) Name of Surety Address of Surety Telephone Authorized Signature/Title Authorized Agent Signature Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 21 -251 State of California County of ACKNOWLEDGMENT ss. On before Notary Public, personally appeared me, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of On Notary Public, personally appeared ss. before me, (seal) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. (seal) MAMA ATTACHMENT B f'l6'bic3